ppg protective and marine coatings catalog - pacific...

AMERCOAT®

A PPG brand

Protective Coatings Product Catalog

Epoxy Coatings and Linings

Section 3 Product Description

AMERCOAT® One Multi-Purpose Single Component Epoxy

Amercoat 78HB Amine-Cured Coal Tar Epoxy

Amercoat 90HS Epoxy Phenolic Tank Lining

Amercoat 133 Solvent Free Cycloaliphatic Amine Tank Lining

Amercoat 240 Universal Amine Epoxy Coating

Amercoat 240LT Low Temperature Cure Amine Epoxy

Amercoat 242HB Solvent Free Glass Flake Reinforced Lining

Amercoat 253 Novolac Epoxy Tank Lining

Amercoat 333 Solvent Free Cycloaliphatic Amine Tank Lining

Amercoat 351 Solvent Free Modified Phenolic Amine Tank Lining

Amercoat 370 Fast Dry Multi-Purpose Epoxy Coating

Amercoat 385/385PA Multi-Purpose Polyamide Epoxy Coating

Amercoat 399 Fast Dry, High Solids Epoxy Coating

AMERTHANE® 490 Elastomeric Polyurea Hybrid

NOVAGUARD™ 840 Solvent Free Amine Cured Novolac Phenolic Epoxy Coating

NOVAGUARD 890 Solvent Free Amine Cured Novolac Phenolic Epoxy Coating

www.ppgpmc.com/northamercia

PSX® Engineered Siloxane Topcoats


PSX ONE High Solids, Single Pack Acrylic Polysiloxane

PSX 700 Engineered Siloxane

PSX 700A Clear Coat Engineered Siloxane Clear Coat

AMERLOCK® Epoxy


Amerlock 2 Fast Dry, Surface Tolerant, High Solids Epoxy Coating

Amerlock 2 Aluminum Fast Dry Aluminum Epoxy Mastic Coating

Amerlock 2 VOC Low VOC, Fast Dry, High Solids Epoxy Coating

Amerlock 2/400 GFK High Solids Glass Flake Epoxy Coating

Amerlock 400 High Solids Epoxy Coating

Amerlock 400 Aluminum Aluminum Epoxy Mastic Coating

Amerlock 400 VOC Low VOC, High Solids Epoxy Coating

Amerlock 400BF Epoxy Masonry Block Filler

Amerlock Sealer Penetrating Epoxy Primer Sealer

Protective Coatings Product Catalog Index

© 2013 PPG Industries

Zinc Rich Primers


Amercoat 68HS Zinc Rich Epoxy Primer

Amercoat 68HS VOC Low VOC, Zinc Rich Epoxy Primer

Amercoat 68MCZ Moisture Cure Urethane Zinc Primer

DIMETCOTE® 9 Inorganic Zinc Silicate Primer

Dimetcote 9 VOC Low VOC, Inorganic Zinc Silicate Primer

Dimetcote 9H Inorganic Zinc Silicate Primer

Dimetcote 21-5 Water Based Inorganic Zinc Silicate Primer

Dimetcote 302H Reinforced Inorganic Zinc Primer

Primers


Amercoat 185H Universal Phenolic Alkyd Primer

Amercoat 5105 Alkyd Primer

Amercoat 5108 Alkyd Shop Primer

DSP-3 Water Based Inorganic Zinc Silicate Pre-Construction Primer

SIGMACOVER™ 280US Polyamide Cured Epoxy Primer

SIGMAGUARD 260 High Build Amine Adduct Cured Novolac Phenolic Epoxy Holding Primer

SIGMAWELD™ 199US Moisture Curing, Reduced Zinc (Ethyl) Silicate Pre-Construction Primer

Index (continued)

Epoxy Coatings and Linings (cont’d)


PHENGUARD™ 930 High Build Amine Adduct Cured Novolac Phenolic Epoxy Primer

PHENGUARD 935 High Build Amine Adduct Cured Novolac Phenolic Epoxy Coating

PHENGUARD 940 High Build Amine Adduct Cured Novolac Phenolic Epoxy Finish

SIGMAGUARD™ CSF 650 Solvent Free Amine Cured Epoxy Coating

SIGMAGUARD 720 Reinforced High Solids Polyamine Adduct Cured Epoxy Coating

Topcoats


Amercoat 220P Int./Ext. Gloss DTM Industrial Enamel

Amercoat 229T Gloss Epoxy Acrylic Topcoat

Amercoat 450H Gloss Acrylic Aliphatic Polyurethane Topcoat

Amercoat 450HSG Semi-Gloss Acrylic Aliphatic Polyurethane Topcoat

Amercoat 5420 Gloss Alkyd Enamel

www.ppgpmc.com/northamercia© 2013 PPG Industries

Fire Proofing Coatings


PITT-CHAR XP® Thick Film Intumescent Coating for Hydrocarbon Fires

STEELGUARD™ FM550 Thin Film Intumescent Coating for Cellulosic Fires

Specialty Products & Additives


AMERASE™ Graffiti Cleaner

Amercoat 114A Epoxy Filler Compound

Amercoat 851 Flow Control Additive

Amercoat 861 Epoxy Accelerator

Amercoat 866M Urethane Accelerator

Amercoat 880 Glassflake Additive

Amercoat 884 Thixotropic Fumed Silica Additive

Amercoat 965 Acrylic Modified Cement

Prep 88 Water Based Alkaline Cleaner

TIDEGUARD™ 171A Sprayable Epoxy Cladding

Topcoats (cont’d)


AMERSHIELD™ Polyester-Acrylic Aliphatic Polyurethane Topcoat

Amershield VOC Low VOC, Polyester-Acrylic Aliphatic Polyurethane

© 2013 PPG Industrieswww.ppgpmc.com/northamercia

Index (continued)

Amercoat, Amerlock, Amershield, Amerthane, Dimetcote, PSX and TideGuard are trademarks or registered trademarks of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc. Pitt-Char XP is a registered trademark of PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc. NOVAGUARD, PHENGUARD, SIGMACOVER, SIGMAGUARD, SIGMAWELD, STEELGUARD are trademarks of PPG Coatings Nederland B.V. Hi-Temp is a registered trademark of Hi-Temp Coatings Technology Company, Inc.

High Heat Coatings


Amercoat 741 High Temperature Self Cure, Inorganic Topcoat

Amercoat 872 High Temperature Silicone Zinc Primer

Amercoat 873 High Temperature Silicone Topcoat

Amercoat 874HS High Temperature Silicone Acrylic Topcoat

Amercoat 878 High Temperature Silicone Aluminum

Amercoat 3279 High Temperature Modified Silicone Aluminum

Hi-Temp® 500VHA™ Hot Applied Silicone Acrylic

Hi-Temp 500VS™ Silicone Acrylic Topcoat

Hi-Temp 1000VS™ Silicone Topcoat for Hi-Temp 1027®

Hi-Temp 1027® High Build, Ambient Temperature Cure Primer

PSX 892HS High Temperature Polysiloxane

October 2012Revision of April 2012

DESCRIPTION High Solids, Single Pack Acrylic Polysiloxane

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – High gloss topcoat

– High solids, low VOC

– Ease of application, brush, roll, or spray

– Isocyanate free

– Excellent gloss retention

– Meets SSPC Paint 36 Level 3 requirements

COLOR AND GLOSS Standard Color Offering, Safety Colors, Custom Colors

Gloss

* Certain colors, especially red, orange, and yellow may require additional coats for adequate hiding, especially ifapplied over primers with a significant color contrast.

BASIC DATAVolume solids 75% ± 3%

VOC 1.75 lbs/gal (210 g/L)

RecommendedDry film thickness (per coat) 2 – 3 mils (50 – 75 microns)

Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mil dft 1203 ft2 / gallon@ 2 mils dft 602 ft2 / gallon@ 3 mils dft 401 ft2/ gallon

Components 1

Shelf Life 1 year from date of manufacture

SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. Refer tothe application instructions for specific primers and intermediate coats for applicationand curing procedures. Ensure epoxies are free from amine blush prior to overcoating.All previous coats must dry and free of contaminants. Adhere to all minimum andmaximum topcoat times for specific primers and intermediate coats. Aged epoxycoatings may require abrading prior to applying PSX ONE. A test patch over unknowncoatings is recommended.

ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONSAmbient temperatures 40°F to 120°F (5°C to 49°C)

Material temperatures 50°F to 90°F (10°C to 32ºC)

Relative humidity 20 – 90%

Surface temperature 40°F to 120°F (5°C to 49°C)Surface temperature must be at least 5°F above dew point temperature.

General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustiongases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote ambering of light colors.Ensure good ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent windfrom affecting spray patterns.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USEMixing Agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes until completely dispersed.

Airless spray 30:1 pump or larger, 0.013 - 0.017 fluid tip

Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070” fluid orifice. A moisture and oiltrap in the main line is essential.

Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 1/4" or 3/8" nap roller.Ensure brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may benecessary to achieve adequate film build. Amercoat 851 flow control additive can beused to for enhanced flow and leveling with brush and roll application.

PSX® ONE

page 1/3

Thinner Amercoat 911Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 911 thinnerPrimers Amercoat One, Amercoat 5105, Amercoat 185H, Amercoat 370, Amercoat 385,

Amercoat 399, Amerlock 2/400, Amercoat 235, Amercoat 240, Pittguard Epoxies,Amerlock Sealer, Amercoat 68HS, Amercoat 237M

Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant materialsafety data sheets

This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mistor vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.

DRY/CURE TIMES PSX ONE @ 2 mils dft

AVAILABILITYPackaging Available in 1-gallon and 5-gallon units

Product codes PXONE23 Pearl Gray basePXONE3 White basePXONE9 Black basePXONET1 Deep tint base*PXONET2 Light tint base*PXONET3 Neutral tint base*PXONET4 Red tint base*PXONET5 High Hiding Yellow tint*

* Tintable with UCD PS Line colorants only.

Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same producton a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to complywith local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternative productdata sheet is used.

WARRANTY STATEMENTPPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPG’s specifications for such product ineffect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person forinfringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMACOURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDINGWITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORAPARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMEDBY PPG.Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyer’s discovery of the claimeddefect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the deliveryof the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyer’s failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required hereinshall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.

PSX ONE

page 2/3

50°F 70°F 90°F

Dry to touch 3 hours 2 hours 1 hour

Dry through 16 hours 9 hours 5 hours

Dry to recoat 5 hours 2 hours 1 hour

Maximum recoat 30 days

/3

PSX ONE

LIMITATION OF LIABILITYIN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OFANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGESIN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.

The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous productdevelopment. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPG’s knowledge, is reliable. Theproduct and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and itis the end-user’s responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed thatBuyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.

PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application ofthe product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use orthe contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.

This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyer’s responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior tousing the product.

Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text ofthis sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.

PSX and Amercoat are registered trademarks of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.

March 2013Revision of October 2012

DESCRIPTION Engineered Siloxane

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Unique, high gloss epoxy siloxane

– Virtually HAPs free, ultra-low VOC

– High durability in challenging environments

– Abrasion resistant

– Resists dirt pickup, easily cleaned

– Can be applied directly to zinc primers as a 2-coat system

– Can be applied direct-to-steel in ISO 12944 C1-C3 environments

COLOR AND GLOSS Gloss

Standard and Custom Colors available

Yellow, red, and orange colors will fade faster than other colors due to the replacement of lead-based pigmentswith lead free pigments in these colors.


VOC* 0.7 lbs/gal (84 g/L)* The mixed and applied coating cure reaction will produce VOC of mixed alcohols. For 100 g/l VOCrequirements, a VOC - exempt thinner such as 97-939 may be used as needed.

RecommendedDry film thickness* 3 - 7 mils per coat (75-175 microns)

* When applying more than one coat, it is recommended that the total dry film thickness not exceed 10 mils.

Theoretical Spread Rate 1444 ft2/gal @ 1 mils dft289 ft2/gal @ 5 mils dft

Components 2

Dry Temperature Resistance* Continuous — 200°F Intermittent — 250°F (<5% of the time, max 24 hours)* Color will drift at elevated temperatures.

Shelf Life 2 years from date of manufacture when stored indoors in the original unopenedcontainer. Store product in dry conditions at temperatures of 40-100°F

SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation.

Steel – Abrasive blast to SSPC SP-6 or higher with an angular 1.0-3.0 mil surface profile.Or see instructions for specific primer

Apply PSX 700 as soon as possible to prevent the blasted surface from rusting.Keep moisture, oil, grease, or other organic matter off surface before coating.

For touch up and repair, power tool cleaning in accordance with SSPC SP-11 isacceptable.

Concrete – See specific primer

Non-Ferrous Metals and – Abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a uniform andStainless Steel dense 1.5-4.0 mil anchor profile. Size and hardness of abrasive should be adjusted

as necessary based on the hardness of the substrate. Aluminum may be treatedwith a surface treatment compliant with Mil-DTL-5541 or equivalent (non-immersionapplications only).

Galvanized Steel – Remove oil or soap film with detergent or emulsion cleaner. Lightly abrasive blastwith a fine abrasive in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a profile of1.5-3.0 mils. When light abrasive blasting is not possible, galvanizing can be treatedwith a suitable zinc phosphate conversion coating. Galvanizing that has at least 12months of exterior weathering and has a rough surface with white rust present maybe over-coated after power washing and cleaning to remove white rust and othercontaminants. The surface must have a measurable profile.

PSX® 700

page 1/4

A test patch is recommended to confirm adhesion. Not recommended over chromatesealed galvanizing without blasting to thoroughly remove chromates. Adhesionproblems may occur.

Aged Coatings – Contact your PPG representative. A test patch of PSX 700 over in-tact cleancoating and observation for film defects and adhesion over a period of time may berequired, dependent upon the type of coating.

– PSX 700 is compatible over Amercoat 450-series.

ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONSAmbient temperatures 32°F to 100°F (0°C to 32°C) (FD cure should be used below 40°F)

Material temperatures 32°F to 100°F (0°C to 32°C)

Relative humidity 40% minimumWork area can be artificially humidified by atomized water spray and/or ponding water under the coatedstructures.

Surface temperature 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C)Surface temperature must be at least 5°F above dew point temperature.Note: PSX 700 should be allowed to reach a Dry-to-Touch condition before force curingabove 140°F

General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Ensure goodventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affectingspray patterns.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USEMixing ratio by volume 4 parts base to 1 part hardener

Only mix full kits. Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixing at moderatespeeds to homogenize the container. Pour in the hardener component and poweragitate until thoroughly mixed.

Pot life

Airless spray Standard airless spray equipment, 30:1 pump or larger, 0.015 – 0.017 fluid tiprecommended

Air spray Thin up to 10%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070” fluid orifice. A moisture and oiltrap in the main line is recommended. Separate regulators for air and fluid pressure arerecommended. Use an agitated pressure pot.

Brush & roll Use a well loaded, high quality natural bristle brush. Maintain a wet edge.

Use a high quality, well loaded, solvent resistant, low nap (1/4”-3/8”) roller. Amercoat 851flow control additive may be used to enhance flow and leveling of brush strokes androller stipple.

Be aware that multiple coats may be required to achieve uniform and sufficient filmthickness to provide proper hiding when applying by brush or roller.

Thinner Amercoat 911, Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90°F)

Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 911 thinner

Primers Dimetcote 9-series, Dimetcote 21-5, Dimetcote 302H, Amercoat 68HS, Amerlock 2/400,Amercoat 370, Amercoat 385, Amercoat 240, Amercoat 235

A mist coat / full coat application technique is required when applying over inorganiczincs to prevent application bubbling. Thin the mist coat up to 15% with Amercoat 911 orAmercoat 101. Ensure dry spray is removed from the surface.

Limitations for use For Industrial or Professional Use Only



PSX 700

page 2/4

Temperature 50°F 70°F 90°F

PSX 700 & PSX 700FD 6.5 hours 4 hours 1.5 hours

/4

PSX 700

DRY/CURE TIMES* PSX 700 @ 4 mils dft and 40% relative humidity

* Surface must be power washed as needed to remove all surface contaminants. Surface must be clean anddry. Use Prep 88 for very dirty surfaces. When re-coating between the dry through time and 7 days, solventwipe the surface with Amercoat 911 or Amercoat 12 prior to application of the second coat.

PSX 700FD @ 4 mils dft and 40% relative humidity

* Surface must be power washed as needed to remove all surface contaminants. Surface must be clean anddry. Use Prep 88 for very dirty surfaces. When re-coating between the dry through time and 7 days, solventwipe the surface with Amercoat 911 or Amercoat 12 prior to application of the second coat.

PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS – SSPC Paint 36 Level 3 Performance

– NFPA Class A Flame Spread

– USDA Incidental Food Contact

– AWWA D102-08 Outside Coating System

AVAILABILITYPackaging Available in 1 gallon and 5 gallon kits

Product codes PX700-23 Pearl Gray BasePX700-3 White BasePX700-9 Black BasePX700-T1 Deep Tint Base*PX700-T2 Light Tint Base*PX700-T3 Neutral Tint Base*PX700-T4 Red Tint Base*PX700-T5 High Hiding Yellow Tint Base*PX700-71 Safety Red BasePX700-81 Safety Yellow Base

PX700-B Hardener componentPX700FD-B Fast Dry hardener component

* Product must be tinted with special PSX tints only. Tintable with UCD PS Line colorants only.


32°F 50°F 70°F 90°F

Dry to touch 9 hours 4.5 hours 2 hours 1 hour

Dry through 24 hours 8.5 hours 4.5 hours 3 hours

Dry to overcoat* 20 hours 7 hours 3 hours 2 hours

Maximum overcoat unlimited*

40°F 50°F 70°F 90°F

Dry to touch 9 hours 6 hours 3 hours 1.5 hours

Dry through 24 hours 11 hours 6 hours 4 hours

Dry to overcoat* 20 hours 9 hours 4.5 hours 3 hours

Maximum overcoat unlimited*

/4

WARRANTY STATEMENTPPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPG’s specifications for such product ineffect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person forinfringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDINGWITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMEDBY PPG.Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyer’s discovery of the claimeddefect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the deliveryof the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyer’s failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required hereinshall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.






PSX 700


October 2012Revision of September 2012

DESCRIPTION Engineered Siloxane Clear Coat

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Unique, high gloss epoxy siloxane

– Low HAPs, ultra-low VOC

– High durability in challenging environments


– Resists dirt pickup, easily cleaned

– Isocyanate free

COLOR AND GLOSS Clear

Gloss


VOC 0.9 lbs/gal (108 g/L) based on (EPA Method 24)* The mixed and applied coating cure reaction will produce VOC of mixed alcohols.

RecommendedDry film thickness* (per coat) 2 – 3 mils (50 – 75 microns)

Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mil dft 1283 ft2 / gallon@ 3 mils dft 428 ft2 / gallon

Components 2

Shelf Life 2 years from date of manufacture when stored indoors in the original unopened container.Store product in dry conditions at temperatures of 40-100°F.

SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. See specificprimer for surface preparation details.

Aged Coatings – Contact your PPG representative. A test patch of PSX 700A Clear Coat over in-tactclean coating and observation for film defects and adhesion over a period of timemay be required, dependent upon the type of coating. PSX 700A Clear Coat shouldbe applied over a UV-resistant coating in applications exposed to direct sunlight.

PSX 700A Clear Coat is compatible over Amercoat 450-series.


Surface temperature must be at least 5°F above the dew point temperature.


Relative humidity 50% minimumWork area can be artificially humidified by atomized water spray and/or ponding water under the coatedstructures. After the film is dry-to-touch, a fine mist may be applied over the coating to expedite curing in lowhumidity environments.

Surface temperature 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C)Surface temperature must be at least 5°F above the dew point temperature.

General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Ensure good ventilationduring application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting spray patterns.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USEMixing ratio by volume 5 parts base : 1 part hardener

Only mix full kits. Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixing at moderatespeeds to homogenize the container. Pour in the hardener component and poweragitate until thoroughly mixed.

PSX® 700A Clear Coat

page 1/3

Pot life*

Airless spray Standard airless spray equipment,30:1 pump or larger, 0.015 – 0.017" fluid tip recommended

Air spray Thin up to 10%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070” fluid orifice. A moisture and oiltrap in the main line is recommended. Separate regulators for air and fluid pressure arerecommended. Use an agitated pressure pot.

Brush & roll Use a well loaded, high quality natural bristle brush. Maintain a wet edge.Use a high quality, well loaded, solvent resistant, low nap (1/4"- 3/8") roller. Amercoat 851flow control additive may be used to enhance flow and leveling of brush strokes androller stipple.

Be aware that multiple coats may be required to achieve uniform and sufficient filmthickness to provide proper hiding when applying by brush or roller.

Thinner Amercoat 911, Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90°F)


Primers* Amerlock 2/400, Amercoat 370, Amercoat 385, Amercoat 240, Amercoat 235,Amerlock Sealer, Pitt-guard Epoxies

* Epoxies should be topcoated with a UV-resistant coating such as PSX polysiloxanes, Amercoat 450H-series,or Pitthane polyurethane for applications with direct sunlight exposure.



DRY/CURE TIMES* PSX 700A Clear Coat @ 4 mils dft and 40% relative humidity

* Surface must be power washed as needed to remove all surface contaminants. Surface must be clean anddry. When re-coating within 72 hours, solvent wipe the surface with Amercoat 911 thinner prior to application ofthe second coat.

PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS – NFPA Class A Flame Spread

– USDA Incidental Food Contact

AVAILABILITYPackaging Available in 1-gallon kits

Product codes PX700A0 Base componentPX700A0B Hardener component


PSX 700A Clear Coat


PSX 700A Clear Coat 6.5 hours 4 hours 1.5 hours

page 2/3

32°F 50°F 70°F 90°F

Dry to touch 4.5 hours 2.5 hours 1.5 hours 1 hour



Maximum overcoat 30 days

/3

PSX 700A Clear Coat








April 2013Revision of January 2013

DESCRIPTION Fast Dry, Surface Tolerant, High Solids Epoxy Coating

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Fast dry– Low VOC– High performance general maintenance coating for new or old steel– Self priming over most existing coatings– Compatible with prepared damp surfaces– Compatible with adherent rust remaining on prepared surfaces– Dry temperature resistance up to 450°F on insulated or uninsulated surfaces when

mixed with Amercoat 880 glass flake additive– Suitable for use in many industries including off-shore, water/wastewater, power,

steel fabrication and public use facilities.

COLOR AND GLOSS* Semi-glossStandard primer colors, custom colors, and aluminum* Epoxy coatings will chalk and fade with exposure to sunlight. Light colors are prone to ambering to some

extent. Note that product tinted to custom colors are not recommended for immersion service. Only use factorygrind batches for immersion.

BASIC DATA

Volume solids 85% ± 3%

VOC 1.5 lbs/gal (180 g/L) EPA Method 24

(Use Amerlock 2 VOC when <100 g/L formulation is required)1.4 lbs/gal (163 g/L) Directive 1999/13/EC, SED


Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mils dft 1331 ft2/gal@ 5 mils dft 266 ft2/gal

Components 2


Shelf Life 3 years from date of manufacture* when stored in original sealed containers in dry conditions between 40-100°F

SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is, in general, proportional to the degree of surface preparation.Abrasive blasting is usually the most effective and economical method.When this isimpossible or impractical, Amerlock 2 can be applied over mechanically cleanedsurfaces. All surfaces must be clean, dry and free of all contaminants, including saltdeposits. Contact PPG for maximum allowable salt containment levels.

Mild Steel – Remove all loose rust, dirt, grease or other contaminants by one of the followingdepending on the degree of cleanliness required: SSPC-SP2, 3, 6, 7 or 10 (ISO8501-1 St-2, St-3, Sa 1, Sa 2.5). These minimum surface preparation standardsapply to steel that has been previously abrasive blasted. The choice of surfacepreparation will depend on the system selected and end-use service conditions.For more severe service and immersion, clean to SSPC-SP10 (ISO8501-1 Sa 2.5).Blast to achieve an anchor profile of 1.0-5.0 mils (25-125 microns) as indicted by aKeane-Tator Surface profile Comparator or Testex Tape. Previously blasted steelmay be ultra-high pressure water jetted to SSPC SP WJ-2(L) / NACE WJ-2(L).The wet surface can be dried by blowing with dry compressed air giving special at-tention to horizontal surfaces and recesses.

Concrete – Prepare / clean surface in accordance with SSPC SP-13 guidelines. Abrade surfaceper ASTM D-4259 to remove all efflorescence and laitance, to expose sub-surfacevoids, and to provide a surface roughness equivalent of 60 grit sandpaper orcoarser. Test for moisture by conducting a plastic sheet test in accordance withASTM D4263. Fill voids as necessary with Amercoat 114A epoxy filler. For slabs ongrade, test for moisture in accordance with ASTM F1869 (calcium chloride test).The maximum allowable moisture transmission is 3 lbs / 1,000 ft2/24 hours. Refer toInformation Sheet 1496ACUS for further details regarding moisture measurements.

AMERLOCK® 2

page 1/4

Galvanized Steel – Remove oil or soap film with detergent or emulsion cleaner. Lightly abrasive blastwith a fine abrasive in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a profile of1.5-3.0 mils. When light abrasive blasting is not possible, galvanizing can be treatedwith a suitable zinc phosphate conversion coating. Galvanizing that has at least 12months of exterior weathering and has a rough surface with white rust present maybe over-coated after power washing and cleaning to remove white rust and othercontaminants. The surface must have a measurable profile. A test patch is recom-mended to confirm adhesion. Not recommended over chromate sealed galvanizingwithout blasting to thoroughly remove chromates. Adhesion problems may occur.



Aged coatings – All surfaces must be clean, dry, tightly bonded and free of all loose paint, corrosionproducts or chalky residue. Abrade surface, or clean with Prep 88. Amerlock 2 iscompatible over most types of properly applied and tightly adhering coatings, however,a test patch is recommended to confirm compatibility.

Repair – Prepare damaged areas to original surface preparation specifications, featheringedges of intact coating. Thoroughly remove dust or abrasive residue before touch-up.

ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

Ambient temperatures* 20°F to 122°F (-6°C to 50°C)* Amerlock 400 hardener can be used with the Amerlock 2/400 base component for applications that require a

long pot life. The A component is the same for Amerlock 400 and Amerlock 2. The B components are inter-changeable.


Relative humidity 0 to 100%, surface must be free of visible moisture. For immersion service and foroptimum performance, surface temperature must be at least 5°F above the dew pointtemperature.

Surface temperature 20°F to 122 °F (-6°C to 50°C)* Amerlock 2 may be applied to surfaces as hot as 250°F (121°C) for non-immersion service. When applying

Amerlock 2 to surfaces between 122°F and 250°F, Amerlock 2 must be thinned at 1/2 pint per gallon with onlyAmercoat 101 thinner. Multiple thin passes may be required to achieve film build and to avoid solvent blistering.

General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustiongases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush. Ensure goodventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affectingspray patterns. Refer to Information Bulletin #1489 for further information on prevention,detection, and mitigation of amine blush.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE

Mixing ratio by volume 1 part base to 1 part hardenerPre-mix pigmented components with a pneumatic air mixer at moderate speeds tohomogenize the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2minutes until completely dispersed.

Pot life

Induction time None required

Airless spray 45:1 pump or larger, 0.017-0.019 fluid tipCan be sprayed with plural component application equipment.

Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070” fluid orifice

Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 3/8” nap roller. Ensurebrush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary toachieve adequate film build.

Thinner Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90°F), Amercoat T10,Amercoat 8 (to extend pot life 10-20%)

AMERLOCK 2

page 2/4

32°F 50°F 70°F 90°F

2 4 hours 2 hours 1 hour 0.5 hour

2AL 3 hours 1.5 hours 0.75 hour 0.5 hour

/4

AMERLOCK 2

Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)Primers Direct to substrate; Dimetcote series primers, Amercoat 68HS, Amercoat 68MCZTopcoats Amercoat 450 Series Polyurethanes, Amershield, PSX 700, PSX One, Amercoat 220

Series Acrylics, Pitthane PolyurethanesSafety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material

safety data sheets


DRY/CURE TIMES Amerlock 2 @ 5 mils dft

Amerlock 2 Aluminum @ 5 mils dft

* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relativehumidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures – not simply airtemperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heatedsurfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window. An extended recoatable windowmay be allowable in some circumstances. Please contact your PPG PMC representative for more details.

Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. A detergent wash withPrep 88 or equivalent is required prior to application of topcoats after 30 days of exposure. However, particularattention must be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, afurther degree of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods.If maximum recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.

PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS – Compliant with USDA Incidental Food Contact Requirements

– NFPA Class A for Flame Spread and Smoke Development

– Qualified for ANSI/NSF Standard 61 (potable water) for tanks, pipes, valves, and fittings.For NSF application instructions, please visit our website at:www.ppgamercoatus.ppgpmc.com/NSF/

– AWWA C210-98

– AWWA C550-98

– AWWA D102-06 ICS #1, #2, #3, #5

– LEED’s compliant for Anti-corrosive Paint category

– Nuclear Service Level 2 (ANSI N 5.12, ANSI N 101.2)

– NORSOK M501 Rev. 5, System 7 Subsea surfaces

32°F 50°F 70°F 90°F

Dry to touch 24 hours 8 hours 2 hours 1 hour


Dry to recoat/topcoat 24 hours 12 hours 6 hours 3 hours

Max recoat, self 90 days 60 days 30 days 14 days

Max topcoat,urethanes, PSX 30 days 21 days 7 days 4 days

Cure to immersionfactory colors only

21 days 7 days 4 days 3 days

Cure to immersion -potable water

Refer to: www.ppgamercoatus.ppgpmc.com/NSF/for specific application and curing requirements

32°F 50°F 70°F 90°F

Dry to touch 30 hours 11 hours 3.5 hours 2 hours

Dry through 48 hours 17 hours 7 hours 3.5 hours

Dry to recoat 30 hours 12 hours 6 hours 3 hours



Cure to immersion 21 days 7 days 4 days 3 days

/4

AVAILABILITYPackaging Available in 2-gallon and 5-gallon kits

2-gallon kits have 1 full gallon of base and 1 full gallon of hardener5 gallon kits have 2.5 gallons of base and 2.5 gallons of hardener

Inventory (made to order, etc..) Global availability

Product codes AK2-1 BuffAK2-3 WhiteAK2-9 BlackAK2-23 Pearl GrayAK2-72 Oxide RedAK2-81 Safety YellowAK2-T1 Deep Tint base*AK2-T2 Light Tint base*AK2-T3 Neutral Tint base*AK2-T4 Red Tint base*AK2-T5 High Hiding Yellow Tint base*

AK2-B Hardener componentAK2-01A Amerlock 2ALAluminum BaseAK2-01B Amerlock 2ALAluminum Hardener

* Tintable using UCD V-Line colorants only.


WARRANTY STATEMENTPPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPG’s specifications for such product ineffect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person forinfringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES ANDALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, UNDERSTATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMACOURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDINGWITHOUTLIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORAPARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG.Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyer’s discovery of the claimeddefect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the deliveryof the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyer’s failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required hereinshall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITYIN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OFANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGESIN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous productdevelopment. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPG’s knowledge, is reliable. Theproduct and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and itis the end-user’s responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed thatBuyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application ofthe product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use orthe contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyer’s responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior tousing the product.Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text ofthis sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.

AMERLOCK 2

Amercoat and Amerlock are registered trademarks of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.

November 2012Revision of November 2012

DESCRIPTION Fast Dry Aluminum Epoxy Mastic Coating

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Fast dry, Low Temperature Curing

– Low VOC

– High performance general maintenance coating for new or old steel

– Self priming over most existing coatings

– Formulated with lamellar aluminum flake for enhanced corrosion protection

– Compatible with adherent rust remaining on prepared surface

COLOR AND GLOSS* Dull Metallic

Aluminum

BASIC DATA





Components 2

Shelf Life 3 years from date of manufacture

SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is, in general, proportional to the degree of surface preparation.

Steel – Remove weld spatter, protrusions, and laminations in steel. Remove all surfacecontaminants, oil and grease in accordance with SSPC SP-1.Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to an SSPC SP-10 cleanliness or higher forimmersion service. Achieve a surface profile of 2.0-4.0 mils. For atmospheric service,abrasive blast to SSPC SP-6 standards.The product may be applied over an SSPC WJ-2(L) where a previous blast profilecan be exposed.

For maintenance and repair in atmospheric service, the product can be appliedover surfaces prepared in accordance with SSPC SP-2 or SSPC SP-3 (hand andpower tool cleaning).

Amercoat 114A may be used as a pit filler for severely pitted steel and surface dis-continuities.Check with PPG technical service for the maximum allowable soluble salt level forwater immersion service. This will vary based on the water chemistry and servicetemperatures.

Non-ferrous metals – Lightly abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC SP-16 to achieve a uniform anddense 1.5-4.0 mil anchor profile.

Aged Coatings and Repairs – Ensure the coating system is sound and well adhered. Do not apply over acryliccoatings or coatings that exhibit poor solvent resistance. A test patch is recommended.Sweep blast or otherwise thoroughly abrade the existing coating in accordance withSSPC SP-7. Alternately, Prep 88 may be used to prepare some existing coatings.Please refer to Prep 88 data sheet for details. Feather the edges of tightly adhered,in-tact coatings at the perimeter of repair areas. Power tool clean the existing steelin accordance with SSPC SP-3 (atmospheric service) or SSPC SP-11 (immersionservice).

AMERLOCK® 2AL

page 1/3


Ambient temperatures 20°F to 122°F (-6°C to 50°C)


Relative humidity 0 to 90%, For immersion service and for optimum performance, surface temperaturemust be at least 5°F above the dew point temperature.

Surface temperature 20°F to 122 °F (-6°C to 50°C)* The surface should be inspected to ensure there is no ice present on the substrate in cold weather conditions.

General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustiongases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush. Ensure goodventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affectingspray patterns. Refer to Information Bulletin #1489 for further information on prevention,detection, and mitigation of amine blush.


Mixing ratio by volume 1 part base to 1 part hardener

Pre-mix pigmented components with a pneumatic air mixer at moderate speeds tohomogenize the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2minutes until completely dispersed.

Pot life



Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice

Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 3/8" nap roller. Ensurebrush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary toachieve adequate film build.

Thinner Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90°F)Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)Primers Direct to substrate; Dimetcote series primers, Amercoat 68HSTopcoats Amercoat 450 Series Polyurethanes, Amershield, PSX 700, PSX One, Amercoat 220

Series Acrylics



DRY/CURE TIMES* Amerlock 2AL @ 5 mils dft

* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relativehumidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures – not simply airtemperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heatedsurfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window.Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. A detergent wash withPrep 88 or equivalent is required prior to application of topcoats after 30 days of exposure. However, particularattention must be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, afurther degree of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods.If maximum recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.

AMERLOCK 2AL

page 2/3

32°F 50°F 70°F 90°F

2AL 3 hours 1.5 hours 0.75 hour 0.5 hour

32°F 50°F 70°F 90°F

Dry to touch 30 hours 11 hours 3.5 hours 2 hours



Max recoat, self 90 days 60 days 30 days 14 daysMax topcoat,urethanes, PSX 30 days 21 days 7 days 4 days


/3

AMERLOCK 2AL

AVAILABILITY

Packaging Available in 2-gallon and 5-gallon kits2-gallon kits have 1 full gallon of base and 1 full gallon of hardener5 gallon kits have 2.5 gallons of base and 2.5 gallons of hardener


Product codes AK2-01A Amerlock 2 Aluminum baseAK2-01B Amerlock 2 Aluminum hardener









November 2012Revision of October 2012

DESCRIPTION Low VOC, Fast Dry, High Solids Epoxy Coating

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Fast dry, dry to recoat in 3 hours at 70°F (21°C)

– VOC compliant for <100 g/L specifications



– Compatible with prepared damp surfaces

– Compatible with adherent rust remaining on prepared surfaces

– Dry temperature resistance up to 450°F on insulated or uninsulated surfaces whenmixed with Amercoat 880 glass flake additive

COLOR AND GLOSS* Standard primer colors and custom colors

Semi-gloss

* Epoxy coatings will chalk and fade with exposure to sunlight. Light colors are prone to ambering to someextent. Note that product tinted to custom colors are not recommended for immersion service. Only use factorygrind batches for immersion.

BASIC DATA



RecommendedDry film thickness (per coat) 4 – 8 mils per coat (100 – 200 microns)


Components 2




Steel – Remove weld spatter, protrusions, and laminations in steel. Grind welds smooth inaccordance with NACE RP-0178. Remove all surface contaminants, oil and greasein accordance with SSPC SP-1. Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to a SSPCSP-10 cleanliness or higher for immersion service. Achieve a surface profile of 2.0-4.0 mils. For atmospheric service, abrasive blast to SSPC SP-6 standards.The product may be applied over a SSPC SP WJ-2(L) where a previous blast pro-file can be exposed.


Amercoat 114A may be used as a pit filler for severely pitted steel and surface dis-continuities. Check with PPG technical service for the maximum allowable solublesalt level for water immersion service. This will vary based on the water chemistryand service temperatures.


AMERLOCK® 2VOC

page 1/4




Aged Coatings and Repairs – All surfaces must be clean, dry, tightly bonded and free of all loose paint, corrosionproducts or chalky residue. Abrade surface, or clean with Prep 88. Amerlock 2VOCis compatible over most types of properly applied and tightly adhering coatings, how-ever, a test patch is recommended to confirm compatibility.

Repair – Ensure the coating system is sound and well adhered. Do not apply over acryliccoatings or coatings that exhibit poor solvent resistance. A test patch isrecommended. Sweep blast or otherwise thoroughly abrade the existing coating inaccordance with SSPC SP-7. Alternately, Prep 88 may be used to prepare someexisting coatings. Please refer to Prep 88 data sheet for details. Feather the edgesof tightly adhered, in-tact coatings at the perimeter of repair areas. Power tool cleanthe existing steel in accordance with SSPC SP-3 (atmospheric service) or SSPCSP-11 (immersion service).


Ambient temperatures 20°F to 122°F (-6°C to 50°C)


Relative humidity 0-100%, surface must be free of visible moisture. For immersion service and for opti-mum performance, surface temperature must be at least 5°F above the dew point tem-perature.

Surface temperature 20°F to 122°F (-6°C to 50°C)

General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustiongases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush and amberingof light colors. Ensure good ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter toprevent wind from affecting spray patterns.


Mixing ratio by volume 1 parts base to 1 part hardener


Pot life





AMERLOCK 2VOC

50°F 70°F 90°F

2VOC 2 hours 1 hour 0.5 – 0.75 hour

page 2/4

/4

AMERLOCK 2VOC

Thinner PPG 97-739 and tert-butyl acetate are VOC exempt thinners which can be usedwithout limit to maintain < 100 g/L.

The following thinners may be used up to 2.5 oz. per gallon to maintain a VOC of< 100 g/L.

Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90°F),Amercoat 8 (to extend pot life 10-20%)

Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)Primers Direct to substrate; Dimetcote- Series Primers, Amercoat 68HS, Amercoat 68MCZTopcoats Amercoat 450-Series Polyurethanes, Amershield VOC, PSX 700, PSX One



DRY/CURE TIMES Amerlock 2VOC @ 5 mils dft

* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relativehumidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures – not simply airtemperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heatedsurfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window.surfaces. Higher surface tem-peratures shorten the maximum recoat window.Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. A detergent wash withPrep 88 or equivalent is required prior to application of topcoats after 30 days of exposure. However, particularattention must be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, afurther degree of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods.If maximum recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.


– AWWA D102-06 ICS #1, #2, #3, #5


AVAILABILITY

Packaging Available in 2-gallon and 5-gallon kits2-gallon kits have 1 full gallon of base and 1 full gallon of hardener5 gallon kits have 2.5 gallons of base and 2.5 gallons of hardener

32°F 50°F 70°F 90°F


Dry through 38 hours 13 hours 4.5 hours 2 hours

Dry to recoat/topcoat

24 hours 6 hours 3 hours 1.5 hours



Cure to immersionfactory colors only 21 days 7 days 3 days 2 days

/4

Product codes AK2V-1 Buff base componentAK2V-3 White base componentAK2V-9 Black base componentAK2V-23 Pearl Gray base componentAK2V-72 Oxide Red base componentAK2V-81 Safety Yellow base componentAK2V-T1 Deep Tint base component*AK2V-T2 Light Tint base component*AK2V-T3 Neutral Tint base component*AK2V-T5 High Hiding Yellow base component*

AK2V-B Hardener component




LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OFANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGESIN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.





AMERLOCK 2VOC



DESCRIPTION High solids glass flake epoxy coating

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – High build, up to 20 mils in one coat


– Continuous dry temperature resistance of 425°F on insulated or uninsulatedsurfaces

– Resistant to well defined cathodic protections

– Decreased film permeability due to glass flake pigmentation

COLOR AND GLOSS Flat

Standard primer colors and custom colors* Epoxy coatings will characteristically chalk and fade upon exposure to sunlight. Light colors are prone toambering to some extent. Only use factory colors for immersion service.



RecommendedDry film thickness (per coat)* 8 – 20 mils (200 – 500 microns)

* For high temperature applications above 250°F, limit total film thickness to 10 mils dft with spot readings to 12mils.

Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mils dft 1347 ft2/gallon@ 8 mils dft 168 ft2/gallon@ 20 mils dft 67 ft2/gallon

Components 2



Steel – Remove weld spatter, protrusions, and laminations in steel. Grind welds smooth inaccordance with NACE RP-0178. Remove all surface contaminants, oil and greasein accordance with SSPC SP-1.

Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to an SSPC SP-10 cleanliness or higher forimmersion service. Achieve a surface profile of 2.0-4.0 mils. For atmospheric service,abrasive blast to SSPC SP-6 standards.

The product may be applied over an SSPC SP-12 WJ-2(L) where a previous blastprofile can be exposed.


Amercoat 114A may be used as a pit filler for severely pitted steel and surfacediscontinuities.

Check with PPG technical service for the maximum allowable soluble salt level forwater immersion service. This will vary based on the water chemistry and servicetemperatures.

Concrete – Remove all surface contaminants such as oil, grease, and embedded chemicals.Abrade the surface per ASTM D 4259 to remove all chalk and surface glaze orlaitance. Mechanical surface preparation should expose sub-surface voids andprovide a surface profile equivalent to 60 grit sandpaper or coarser. Surface shouldbe free from moisture in accordance with ASTM D4263. Refer to Information Sheet#1496ACUS for further details regarding moisture measurements. Slabs on gradeshould have a maximum moisture content of 3 lbs/1,000 ft2/24 hours whenmeasured by calcium chloride test.

AMERLOCK® 2/400GF

page 1/4


Stainless Steel – Abrasive blast with a hard angular abrasive to achieve a uniform and dense anchorprofile of 1.5-4.0 mils.


ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONSAmbient temperatures* 20°F to 122°F (-6°C to 50°C)

* Amerlock 400 hardener can be used with the Amerlock 2/400 base component for applications that require along pot life. The A component is the same for Amerlock 400 and Amerlock 2. The B components are inter-changeable

Material temperatures 40° to 90°F (5° to 32ºC)

Relative humidity 0 to 100%, surface must be free of visible moisture. For immersion service and foroptimum performance, surface temperature must be at least 5°F above the dew pointtemperature.



INSTRUCTIONS FOR USEMixing ratio by volume 1 part base to 1 part hardener

Pre-mix pigmented components with a pneumatic air mixer at moderate speeds tohomogenize the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2minutes until completely dispersed. Slowly incorporate glass flake additive underagitation over 1-2 minutes to ensure the glass flake is thoroughly mixed.

Pot life





Thinner Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90°F), Amercoat 8 (to extendpot life 10-20%)

Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)Primers Direct to substrate; Dimetcote series primers, Amercoat 68HS, Amercoat 68MCZ,

Amerlock 2/400, Amerlock SealerTopcoats Amercoat 450 series polyurethanes, Amershield, PSX 700, PSX ONE, Pitthane

polyurethanes

AMERLOCK 2/400GF

50°F 70°F 90°F

2GF 2 hours 1 hour 0.5 hours

400GF 3 hours 2 hours 1 hour

page 2/4

/4

AMERLOCK 2/400GF



DRY/CURE TIMES Amerlock 2GF @ 8 mils dft

Amerlock 400GF @ 8 mils dft






Add one 3-gallon can of Amercoat 880 glass flake additive for each 5 gallon kit.Add one 1-gallon can of Amercoat 880 glass flake for each 2 gallon kit.


32°F 50°F 70°F 90°F

Dry to touch 48 hours 16 hours 6 hours 2 hours






50F 70°F 90°F

Dry to touch 28 hours 9 hours 4.5 hours


Dry to recoat/ topcoat 36 hours 16 hours 10 hours

Max recoat, self 90 days 90 days 45 days

Max topcoat,urethanes, PSX 60 days 30 days 14 days

Cure to immersion 21 days 7 days 4 days

/4

Product codes AK2-1 BuffAK2-3 WhiteAK2-9 BlackAK2-23 Pearl GrayAK2-72 Oxide RedAK2-81 Safety YellowAK2-T1 Deep Tint baseAK2-T2 Light Tint baseAK2-T3 Neutral Tint baseAK2-T4 Red Tint baseAK2-T5 High HidingYellow Tint base

AK2-B Hardener component for Amerlock 2GFAK400-B Hardener component for Amerlock 400GFAT880 Glass flake additive








AMERLOCK 2/400GF


January 2013Revision of October 2012

DESCRIPTION High Solids Epoxy Coating

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Low VOC– High performance general maintenance coating for new or old steel– Self priming over most existing coatings– Compatible with prepared damp surfaces– Compatible with adherent rust remaining on prepared surfaces– Dry temperature resistance up to 450°F on insulated or uninsulated surfaces when

mixed with Amercoat 880 glass flake additive

COLOR AND GLOSS Semi-gloss

Standard primer colors, custom colors, and aluminum* Epoxy coatings will chalk and fade with exposure to sunlight. Light colors are prone to ambering to some

extent. Note that product tinted to custom colors are not recommended for immersion service. Only use factorygrind batches for immersion.


400AL is 88% +/- 3%

VOC 1.5 lbs/gal (180 g/L)1.4 lbs/gal (163 g/L) Directive 1999/13/EC, SED

400AL = 1.0 lbs/gal; 120 g/L(Use Amerlock 400VOC when <100 g/L formulation is required)



Components 2



SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is, in general, proportional to the degree of surface preparation.Abrasive blasting is usually the most effective and economical method. When this isimpossible or impractical, Amerlock 400 can be applied over mechanically cleanedsurfaces. All surfaces must be clean, dry and free of all contaminants, including saltdeposits. Contact PPG for maximum allowable salt containment levels.

Mild Steel – Remove all loose rust, dirt, grease or other contaminants by one of the followingdepending on the degree of cleanliness required: SSPC-SP2, 3, 6, 7 or 10 (ISO8501-1 St-2, St-3, Sa 1, Sa 2.5). These minimum surface preparation standardsapply to steel that has been previously abrasive blasted. The choice of surfacepreparation will depend on the system selected and end-use service conditions.For more severe service and immersion, clean to SSPC-SP10 (ISO8501-1 Sa 2.5).Blast to achieve an anchor profile of 1.0-5.0 mils (50-75microns) as indicted by aKeane-Tator Surface profile Comparator or Testex Tape. Previously blasted steelmay be ultra-high pressure water jetted to SSPC -SP WJ-2(L) / NACE WJ-2(L).The wet surface can be dried by blowing with dry compressed air giving special at-tention to horizontal surfaces and recesses.


AMERLOCK® 400

page 1/4

Galvanized Steel – Remove oil or soap film with detergent or emulsion cleaner. Lightly abrasive blastwith a fine abrasive in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a profileof 1.5-3.0 mils. When light abrasive blasting is not possible, galvanizing can betreated with a suitable zinc phosphate conversion coating. Galvanizing that has atleast 12 months of exterior weathering and has a rough surface with white rustpresent may be over-coated after power washing and cleaning to remove white rustand other contaminants. The surface must have a measurable profile. A test patchis recommended to confirm adhesion. Not recommended over chromate sealedgalvanizing without blasting to thoroughly remove chromates. Adhesion problemsmay occur.



Aged coatings – All surfaces must be clean, dry, tightly bonded and free of all loose paint, corrosionproducts or chalky residue. Abrade surface, or clean with Prep 88. Amerlock 400 iscompatible over most types of properly applied and tightly adhering coatings, however,a test patch is recommended to confirm compatibility.


ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONSAmbient temperatures* 40°F to 122°F (5°C to 50°C)

20°F to 122 °F (-6°C to 50°C) with 1 pint per gal of Amercoat 861 accelerator per 5 gal* Amerlock 2 hardener can be used with the Amerlock 2/400 base component for faster cure and curing in lowertemperatures. The A component is the same for Amerlock 400 and Amerlock 2. The B components areinterchangeable.

Material temperatures 40°F to 90°F (5°C to 32ºC)Relative humidity 0 to 100%, surface must be free of visible moisture. For immersion service and for

optimum performance, surface temperature must be at least 5°F above the dew pointtemperature.

Surface temperature 40°F to 122°F (5°C to 50°C)20°F to 122 °F (-6°C to 50°C) with 1 pint of Amercoat 861 thinner per 5 - gallons* Amerlock 400 may be applied to surfaces as hot as 250°F (121°C) for non-immersion service. When applyingAmerlock 400 to surfaces between 122°F and 250°F, Amerlock 400 must be thinned at 1/2 pint per gallon with onlyAmercoat 101 thinner. Multiple thin passes may be required to achieve film build and to avoid solvent blistering.

General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustiongases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush. Ensure goodventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affectingspray patterns. Refer to Information Bulletin #1489 for further information.



Pot life



Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070” fluid orificeBrush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 3/8” nap roller. Ensure

brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary toachieve adequate film build.

Thinner Amercoat 65, Amercoat 101

AMERLOCK 400

page 2/4

50°F 70°F 90°F

400 3 hours 2 hours 1 hour400 w/ 1 pint of 861

per 5 gallons 1.5 hours 1 hour 30 minutes

400AL 10 hours 5.5 hours 3.5 hours

/4

AMERLOCK 400

Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)Primers Direct to substrate; Dimetcote series primers, Amercoat 68HSTopcoats Amercoat 450 Series Polyurethanes, Amershield, PSX 700, PSX One, Amercoat 220

Series Acrylics, Pitthane Polyurethanes, PittTech AcrylicsSafety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material

safety data sheets


DRY/CURE TIMES Amerlock 400 @ 5 mils dft

Amerlock 400 Aluminum @ 5 mils dft

ACCELERATED DRY TIMES Amerlock 400 w/ 1 pint Amercoat 861 per 5 gallons @ 5 mils dft

* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relativehumidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures – not simply airtemperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heatedsurfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window. An extended recoatable windowmay be allowable in some circumstances. Please contact your PPG PMC representative for more details.Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. A detergent wash withPrep 88 or equivalent is required prior to application of topcoats after 30 days of exposure. However, particularattention must be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, afurther degree of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods.If maximum recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.

PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS – Compliant with USDA Incidental Food Contact Requirements– NFPA Class A for Flame Spread and Smoke Development– Qualified for ANSI / NSF Standard 61 (potable water) for valves only.

For NSF application instructions, please visit our website at:www.ppgamercoatus.ppgpmc.com/NSF/

32°F 50°F 70°F 90°F

Dry to touch 96 hours 28 hours 9 hours 4.5 hours





Cure to immersionfactory colors only NR 21 days 7 days 4 days

32°F 50°F 70°F 90°F






Cure to immersionfactory colors only NR 21 days 7 days 4 days

20°F 32°F 50°F 70°F 90°F

Dry to touch 96 hours 48 hours 15 hours 4 hours 2 hours

Dry through 160 hours 72 hours 24 hours 9 hours 5 hours

Dry to recoat/topcoat 28 hours 16 hours 16 hours 7 hours 4 hours

Max recoat, self 60 days 60 days 45 days 30 days 15 daysMax topcoat,urethanes, PSX 30 days 30 days 21 days 14 days 5 days

Cure to immersionfactory colors only NR NR NR NR NR

/4

– AWWA C210-98– AWWA C550-98– MPI Category #108– LEED’s compliant for Anti-corrosive Paint category– Nuclear Service Level 2 (ANSI N 5.12, ANSI N 101.2)




Product codes AK2-1 BuffAK2-3 WhiteAK2-9 BlackAK2-23 Pearl GrayAK2-72 Oxide RedAK2-81 Safety YellowAK2-T1 Deep Tint base*AK2-T2 Light Tint base*AK2-T3 Neutral Tint base*AK2-T4 Red Tint base*AK2-T5 High Hiding Yellow Tint base*AK400-B Hardener componentAK400AL Amerlock 400 Aluminum baseAK400AL-B Amerlock 400 Aluminum hardener* Tintable using UCD V-Line colorants only.



LIMITATION OF LIABILITYIN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OFANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGESIN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous productdevelopment. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPG’s knowledge, is reliable. Theproduct and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and itis the end-user’s responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed thatBuyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application ofthe product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or thecontents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment,changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyer’s responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior tousing the product.Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text ofthis sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.

AMERLOCK 400


October 2012Revision of August 2012

DESCRIPTION Aluminum Epoxy Mastic Coating

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Low VOC



– Formulated with lamellar aluminum flake for enhanced corrosion protection


COLOR AND GLOSS Dull Metallic

Aluminum





Components 2



Steel – Remove weld spatter, protrusions, and laminations in steel. Remove all surfacecontaminants, oil and grease in accordance with SSPC SP-1.


The product may be applied over an SSPC WJ-2(L) where a previous blast profilecan be exposed.






AMERLOCK® 400AL

page 1/3



Relative humidity 0 to 90%, For immersion service and for optimum performance, surface temperaturemust be at least 5°F above the dew point temperature.

Surface temperature 40°F to 122°F (5°C to 50°C)

General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustiongases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush. Ensure goodventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affectingspray patterns.



Pot life






Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)

Primers Direct to substrate; Dimetcote series primers, Amercoat 68HS

Topcoats Amercoat 450 Series Polyurethanes, Amershield, PSX 700, PSX One, Amercoat 220Series Acrylics, Pitthane Polyurethanes, PittTech Acrylics



DRY/CURE TIMES* Amerlock 400AL @ 5 mils dft


AMERLOCK 400AL

50°F 70°F 90°F

400AL 10 hours 5.5 hours 3.5 hours

page 2/3

50°F 70°F 90°F

Dry to touch 36 hours 12 hours 4 hours

Dry through 72 hours 24 hours 7.5 hours

Dry to recoat 36 hours 16 hours 6 hours


Max topcoat, urethanes, PSX 30 days 30 days 15 days


/3

AMERLOCK 400AL




Product codes AK400AL Amerlock 400 Aluminum baseAK400AL-B Amerlock 400 Aluminum hardener









October 2012Revision of July 2012

DESCRIPTION Low VOC, High Solids Epoxy Coating

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – VOC compliant for <100 g/L specifications



– Compatible with prepared damp surfaces


– Dry temperature resistance up to 450°F on insulated or uninsulated surfaces whenmixed with Amercoat 880 glass flake additive

COLOR AND GLOSS Standard primer colors and custom colors

Semi-gloss

* Epoxy coatings will characteristically chalk and fade upon exposure to sunlight. Light colors are prone toambering to some extent.





Components 2






The product may be applied over an SSPC SP WJ-2(L) where a previous blastprofile can be exposed.




Concrete – Prepare / clean surface in accordance with SSPC SP-13 guidelines. Abrade surfaceper ASTM D-4259 to remove all efflorescence and laitance, to expose sub-surfacevoids, and to provide a surface roughness equivalent of 60 grit sandpaper orcoarser. Test for moisture by conducting a plastic sheet test in accordance withASTM D4263. Fill voids as necessary with Amercoat 114A epoxy filler. For slabs ongrade, test for moisture in accordance with ASTM F1869 (calcium chloride test).The maximum allowable moisture transmission is 3 lbs / 1,000 ft2/24 hours. Refer toInformation Sheet 1496ACUS for further detailes regarding moisture measurements.

AMERLOCK® 400VOC

page 1/4




Aged Coatings and Repairs – Ensure the coating system is sound and well adhered. Do not apply over acryliccoatings or coatings that exhibit poor solvent resistance. A test patch is recom-mended. Sweep blast or otherwise thoroughly abrade the existing coating in accor-dance with SSPC SP-7. Alternately, Prep 88 may be used to prepare some existingcoatings. Please refer to Prep 88 data sheet for details. Feather the edges of tightlyadhered, in-tact coatings at the perimeter of repair areas. Power tool clean theexisting steel in accordance with SSPC SP-3 (atmospheric service) or SSPC SP-11(immersion service).


* Epoxy Amerlock 2VOC hardener can be used with the Amerlock 2/400 base component for applications thatrequire a faster dry time or application at lower temperature. The A component is the same for Amerlock 400VOC

and Amerlock 2VOC. The B components are interchangeable.


Relative humidity 0-100%, surface must be free of visible moisture. For immersion service and for optimumperformance, surface temperature must be at least 5°F above the dew point temperature.





Pot life





AMERLOCK 400VOC

50°F 70°F 90°F

400VOC 4 hours 2.5 hours 1.5 hoursw/ ½ pint Amercoat 861accelerator per 5 gallons 2.5 hours 1.5 hours 1 hour

w/ 1 pint Amercoat 861accelerator per 5 gallons 1.5 hours 1 hour 45 minutes

page 2/4

/4

AMERLOCK 400VOC

Thinner PPG 97-739 and tert-butyl acetate are VOC exempt thinners which can be used with-out limit to maintain < 100 g/L.The following thinners may be used up to 2.5 oz. per gallon to maintain a VOC of < 100 g/L.

Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90°F),Amercoat 8 (to extend pot life 10-20%)

Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)Primers Direct to substrate; Dimetcote- series primers, Amercoat 68HS, Amercoat 68MCZTopcoats Amercoat 450-Series Polyurethanes, Amershield VOC, PSX 700, PSX One



DRY/CURE TIMES* Amerlock 400VOC @ 5 mils dft

ACCELERATED DRY TIMES Amerlock 400VOC w/ 1 pint Amercoat 861 per 5 gallons @ 5 mils dft

* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relativehumidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures – not simply airtemperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heatedsurfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window

Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. A detergent wash withPrep 88 or equivalent is required prior to application of topcoats after 30 days of exposure. However, particularattention must be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, afurther degree of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods.If maximum recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.


– AWWA D102-06 ICS #1, #2, #3, #5


50°F 70°F 90°F





Max topcoat,urethanes, PSX 30 days 30 days 14 days


32°F 50°F 70°F 90°F



Dry to recoat/ topcoat 16 hours 16 hours 8 hours 4 hours



Cure to immersion NR NR NR NR

/4


2-gallon kits have 1 full gallon of base and 1 full gallon of hardener

5 gallon kits have 2.5 gallons of base and 2.5 gallons of hardener

Product codes AK2V-1 Buff baseAK2V-3 White baseAK2V-9 Black baseAK2V-23 Pearl Gray baseAK2V-72 Oxide Red baseAK2V-81 Safety Yellow baseAK2V-T1 Deep tint base*AK2V-T2 Light tint base*AK2V-T3 Neutral tint base*AK2V-T5 High hiding yellow tint base*

AK400V-B Hardener component









AMERLOCK 400VOC


October 2012Revision of February 2012

DESCRIPTION Epoxy Masonry Block Filler

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Low VOC

– Suitable for wet environments

COLOR AND GLOSS Off White




Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mil dft 1200 ft2/gallon@ 20 mils dft 60 ft2/gallon

Components 2


SURFACE PREPARATIONMasonry – Clean surface in accordance with ASTM D 4261 requirements to remove any

surface contaminants and loose particles. Allow surface to dry until it passes aplastic sheet test in accordance with ASTM D 4263. Moisture levels (includinggrout) should be a maximum of 12%.

Concrete – Clean surface in accordance with ASTM D 4258. Abrade the surface in accordancewith ASTM D 4259. The surface should pass a plastic sheet test as per ASTM D4263. Fill large voids, surface cracks, and bug holes with Amercoat 114A epoxyfiller, or Amercoat 915 Acrylic Cement



Relative humidity 0 – 85%, surface must be free of visible moisture. For immersion service and foroptimum performance, surface temperature must be at least 5°F above the dew pointtemperature.




Pre-mix pigmented components with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds tohomogenize the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2minutes until completely dispersed.

Pot life

AMERLOCK® 400BF

page 1/3

50°F 70°F 90°F400BF 4 hours 2.5 hours 1.5 hours


Airless spray 45:1 pump or larger, 0.017-0.019 fluid tip

Can be sprayed with plural component application equipment. Spray a wet coat overblock surface. Back roll with a saturated roller to work into block porosity.




Primers Direct to substrate

Topcoats Amercoat 450-series polyurethanes, Amershield, Pitthane polyurethanes, PSX 700,PSX One, Amercoat 220-series acrylics, Pitt Tech, Pitt Tech Plus, PPG Epoxies,Aquapon WB



DRY/CURE TIMES* Amerlock 400BF @ 10 mils dft




– MPI Category #116





AMERLOCK 400BF

page 2/3

50°F 70°F 90°F

Dry to touch 6 hours 3 hours 1 hour


Dry to recoat / topcoat 18 hours 9 hours 5 hours


Max topcoat, urethanes, PSX 30 days 21 days 14 days

Max topcoat, acrylics 7 days 4 days 2 days

Full cure(below grade applications)* 14 days 7 days 4 days

/3

AMERLOCK 400BF

Product codes AK400B-30 Base component

AK400B-B Hardener component










DESCRIPTION Penetrating Epoxy Primer Sealer

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Solvent Free

– Compatible with damp surfaces

– Wicking action penetrates rusted steel and concrete surfaces

– Surface tolerant for applications where abrasive blasting is not an option

– Accepts broad range of topcoats

– Can be used as a curing compound for new concrete (see system guide #1441)

– Excellent tie coat for many existing coatings


Clear

* Epoxy coatings will characteristically chalk and fade upon exposure to sunlight. Amerlock Sealer will amber with age.

BASIC DATAVolume solids 100%

VOC 0 lbs/gal; 0 g/L calculated0.9 lbs/gal; 90 g/L (EPA Method 24)

RecommendedDry film thickness 1 – 2 mils per coat (25 – 50 microns)

Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mils dft 1600 ft2/gal

Components 2



SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is, in general, proportional to the degree of surface preparation.Use of Amerlock Sealer provides a viable options for coating projects where abrasiveblasting is not possible, but it is not a performance substitute for abrasive blasting inmany circumstances.

Steel – Remove all rust, dirt, moisture, grease or other contaminants from the surface.Power tool clean in accordance with SSPC SP-3 or hand tool clean to SSPC SP-2requirements. Alternately, abrasive blast to SSPC SP-7 requirements. Abrasiveblasting to SSPC SP-6 or better is also allowable. Amerlock Sealer may be appliedover waterjetted surfaces as well.

Aluminum – Remove all rust, dirt, moisture, grease or other contaminants from the surface.Treat with chromating conversion coatings or phosphatizing agents. Applicable oversurface treatments such as MIL-C-5541. Alternately, lightly abrasive blast with fineabrasive to produce a uniform and dense anchor profile of 1-3 mils.

Galvanizing or Galvalume ® – Remove oil or soap film with detergent or emulsion cleaner, then use a phosphatizingconversion coating. Alternately, power tool clean to uniformly abrade the surface orlightly abrasive blast with a fine abrasive to produce a uniform and dense anchorprofile of 1-3 mils.

Galvanizing that has had at least 12 months of exterior weathering may be coatedafter power washing to remove all contaminants and white rust. Galvanized surfacesthat have been passivated with a chromate treatment must be lightly abrasiveblasted. Coatings may not adhere to chromate sealed galvanizing if the chromatesare not completely removed.

Concrete – New Slabs – All surfaces to be coated must be strong and sound, contain noadditives or hardeners, and should not be treated with other sealers or conventionalcuring compounds containing waxes, silicones, or silicates. New slabs (horizontalsurfaces), should have a float or broom finish as described in ACI Specification301. Finishing shall be within Class A tolerance when using Amerlock Sealer as aconcrete curing compound and applying an epoxy surfacing.

AMERLOCK® Sealer

page 1/3

When using Amerlock Sealer as a curing compound, product should be applied tothe concrete within 72 hours after placement of concrete and as soon as forms canbe removed. Please refer to System Guide #1441 for further information.

Existing Concrete – Water cured concrete or existing structures must be cured for aminimum of 14 days and have attained 80 percent of its final strength. When cured,the surface must be either prepared per ASTM D 4259 or ASTM D 4260 withmuriatic acid using equal parts of acid to water by volume. Surface should be freeof any oil, grease, embedded chemicals, laitance, water repellants, previoussealants, form release compounds, and effluoresence. The surface should bechecked for moisture transmission in accordance with ASTM F1869 (calciumchloride test) or by ASTM D4253 (plastic sheet test). The maximum recommendedmoisture transmission rate is 3 lbs / 1,000 ft2 / 24 hours.

A suitably finished surface must have a uniform surface texture exposing fineaggregate resembling coarse sandpaper. If required, repeat acid etching orabrasive blasting until the surface texture is uniform.

Concrete surfaces cured with conventional curing compounds or contaminated withform oils must be completely cleaned by ASTM D4259. Acid etching is notacceptable as it will not normally remove these compounds.




Relative humidity 85% maximum




Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes until completelymixed.

Pot life

Induction time 40°F to 50°F 15 minutes

Airless spray 30:1 pump or larger, 0.013-0.015" fluid tip

Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice, Separate air andfluid pressure regulators and a moisture and oil trap in the main air supply line arerecommended.

Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 1/4" nap roller. Ensurebrush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Level air bubbles with a brush.Multiple coats may be necessary to achieve adequate film build.

Thinner Amerlock Sealer is typically used without thinning. If thinning is desired, use Amercoat65 (xylene) or Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90°F)

Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)Primers Direct to substrate

Topcoats Amercoat 100A, Novaguard 840, PSX 758, Amercoat 450 Series Polyurethanes,Amershield, PSX 700, Amercoat 229T, Amercoat Epoxies, Amerlock Epoxies, PittguardEpoxies



AMERLOCK Sealer

50°F 70°F 90°F

100 minutes 60 minutes 30 minutes

page 2/3

/3

AMERLOCK Sealer

DRY/CURE TIMES*

* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relativehumidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures – not simply airtemperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heatedsurfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window.Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. A detergent wash withPrep 88 or equivalent is recommended prior to application of topcoats after 30 days of exposure. However,particular attention must be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In thosesituations, a further degree of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitablecleaning methods. If maximum recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.


2-gallon kits have 1 full gallon of base in a 3-gallon container and 1 full gallon of hardener

Inventory Global availability

Product codes AK-0A BaseAK-0B Hardener








50°F 70°F 90°F


Dry hard 36 hours 28 hours 22 hours


Maximum recoat / topcoat 30 days 30 days 14 days



DESCRIPTION Multi-purpose Single Component Epoxy

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Unique epoxy formulation

– Single pack for ease of use

– Durable epoxy performance

– Direct-to-metal formulation

– Suitable for water immersion

– VOC Compliant <2.8 lb/ gal


COLOR* AND GLOSS Red, Black, White, and Gray

Low Gloss

* Epoxy coatings will chalk and discolor upon exposure to sunlight. Colors are not matched to a specific standard.



RecommendedDry film thickness (per coat) 4 – 6 mils; (100 – 150 microns)

Theoretical Spread Rate @ 5 mils dft 202 ft2 / gallon

Components 1



Steel – Remove all rust, dirt, moisture, grease or other contaminants from the surface.Power tool clean in accordance with SSPC SP-3 or hand tool clean to SSPC SP-2requirements for touch up and maintenance. Abrasive blasting to SSPC SP-6 orbetter will give the best possible system performance. Blast with an angular abrasiveto yield a surface profile of 1.5-3.0 mils. For immersion service, blast to SSPC SP-10.

Non-ferrous metals – Remove all rust, dirt, moisture, grease or other contaminants from the surface.Treat with chromating conversion coatings or phosphatizing agents. Applicable oversurface treatments such as MIL-C-5541. Alternately, lightly abrasive blast with fineabrasive to produce a uniform and dense anchor profile of 1-3 mils in accordancewith SSPC SP-16.

Galvanizing or Galvalume® – Remove oil or soap film with detergent or emulsion cleaner, then use a phosphatizingconversion coating. Alternately, brush blast in accordance with SSPC SP-16guidelines.

Coatings may not adhere to chromate sealed galvanizing if the chromates are notcompletely removed.

Concrete – Prepare in accordance with SSPC SP-13 guidelines. Remove all surface contaminantssuch as oil, grease, and embedded chemicals. Abrade the surface per ASTM D 4259to remove all chalk and surface glaze or laitance. Mechanical surface preparationshould expose sub-surface voids and provide a surface profile equivalent to 60 gritsandpaper or coarser. Test for moisture by conducting a plastic sheet test inaccordance with ASTM D4263. Refer to Information Sheet # 1496ACUS for furtherdetails regarding moisture measurements.



Relative humidity 50 to 90% Curing rate will be significantly reduced below 50% relative humidity.

AMERCOAT® One

page 1/3


General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Ensure good ventila-tion during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting spraypatterns. Avoid combustion gases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promoteamine blush and ambering of light colors.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USEMixing ratio by volume Agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes until completely mixed.


Air spray Thin up to 15%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice, separate air andfluid pressure regulators and a moisture and oil trap in the main air supply line arerecommended.


Thinner Amercoat One is typically used without thinning. If thinning is desired, use Amercoat 65(xylene) or Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90°F)

Primers Direct to substrate, Amercoat 68HS, Dimecote-series application over aged coatingsthat are cleaned and abraded (a test patch is recommended)

Topcoats Amercoat 450-series polyurethanes, Amershield, PSX 700, Amercoat 229T, PSX One,Sigmadur polyurethanes, Pitthane polyurethanes

Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material

safety data sheets

DRY/CURE TIMES Amercoat One

* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relativehumidity. Thicker films will require longer dry times since the product requires moisture to cure. Maximumrecoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures – not simply air temperatures. Surfacetemperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heated surfaces. Surface mustbe clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed.


Product codes ATONE2 GrayATONE3 WhiteATONE72 RedATONE9 Black


AMERCOAT One

page 2/3

Temperature 50°F (10°C) 70°F (21°C) 90°F (32°C)

Dry to touch 2 hours 1 hour 30 minutes




Maximum recoat/topcoat 21 days 14 days 7 days

/3

AMERCOAT One







Amercoat is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.


DESCRIPTION Amine-cured Coal Tar Epoxy

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Excellent chemical, soil and water immersion resistance

– Can be applied up to 16 mils per coat

– Performance Equivalent to SSPC Paint 16

– Suitable for wet H2S environments

– Suitable for single coat applications

COLOR AND GLOSS Black*

Flat

* Color will be variable due to the nature of coal tar epoxies. When topcoated, the coal tar will bleed throughcausing discoloration of the topcoat.


VOC 1.9 lbs/gal (228 g/L) (EPA Method 24)


1-2 coats

Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mils 1250 ft2/gal@ 16 mils 78 ft2/gal

Components 2

Dry Temperature Resistance* Continuous — 300°F (<5% of the time, max 24 hours)* Color will drift at elevated temperatures.

Shelf Life* 3 years from date of manufacture

*When stored indoors in the original unopened containers

SURFACE PREPARATIONSteel – Remove weld spatter, protrusions, and laminations in steel. Grind welds smooth in

accordance with NACE RP-0178. Remove all surface contaminants, oil and greasein accordance with SSPC SP-1.

Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to an SSPC SP-10 cleanliness or higher.Achieve a surface profile of 2.0-4.0 mils.

Amercoat 114A may be used as a pit filler for certain applications. Check with PPGTechnical Service for guidance on chemical resistance.


Concrete – Prepare / clean surface in accordance with SSPC SP-13 guidelines. Abrade surfaceper ASTM D-4259 to remove all efflorescence and laitance, to expose sub-surfacevoids, and to provide a surface roughness equivalent of 60 grit sandpaper orcoarser. Test for moisture by conducting a plastic sheet test in accordance withASTM D4263. Fill voids as necessary with Amercoat 114A epoxy filler.


AMERCOAT® 78HB

page 1/4





Relative humidity 0-85% (0-50% using dehumidification for tank linings)

Surface temperature 40°F to 120°F (5°C to 49°C) Surface temperature must remain at least 5°F above thedew point temperatures.

General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustiongases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush. Ensure goodventilation during application and curing. For tank lining, dehumidification equipment ishighly recommended. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting spray patterns.Refer to Information Bulletin #1489 for further information on prevention, detection, andremoval of amine blush.

Ventilation Refer to Information Bulletin #1434 for detailed information on ventilation requirementsfor tank lining applications.


Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to homoge-nize the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 2-3 minutesuntil completely dispersed. Scrape sides during mixing. Rinse the thinner container witha small amount of thinner and add to the mixture.

Pot life

Induction time

Airless spray or heated plural component spray45:1 pump or larger, 0.019 - 0.023 fluid tip, use of in-line heaters and insulated linesmay be required for proper atomization in cold weather and with long fluid lines.

Brush Brush application is recommended for touch up and repair only. Use a high quality naturalbristle brush Ensure brush is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may benecessary to achieve adequate film build.

Thinner Amercoat 65Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 CleanerOptional Primers (product can be used direct-to-metal or over a suitable holding primer when required)

Amerlock Sealer (concrete), Amercoat 370, Amerlock 2/400, Dimetcote 9-series*,Amercoat 68HS** An epoxy tie coat (1-4 mils dft) is recommended when applying directly over zinc primers.



AMERCOAT 78HB

50°F 70°F 90°F

8 hours 4 hours 2 hours

page 2/4

50 - 60°F 60 - 70°F 71°F+


/4

AMERCOAT 78HB

DRY/CURE TIMES* Amercoat 78HB @ 16 mils

Amercoat 78HB + 1/4 pint Amercoat 861 per 5-gallon kit

* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relativehumidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures – not simply air temperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heatedsurfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window. Expose to a maximum of 6 hoursof direct sunlight prior to recoating. Ensure surface remains dry between coats.

Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. If maximum recoat/topcoattime is exceeded, then roughen surface by brush blasting when coating has cured to sufficiently for blasting(typically 5-14 days).

AVAILABILITYPackaging 1-gallon and 5-gallon kits

Product codes AT78HB-9 Black base

AT78HB-B Hardener



Temperature °F/°C 40/5 50/10 70/21 90/32

Dry Through (hrs) 60 38 12 8

Dry to recoat/ topcoat (hrs) 36 19 9 6

Maximum recoat window (hours)* 72 48 20 9

Cure to service – water immersion 7 days 5 days 56 hrs 36 hrs

Cure to service – Abrasionand chemical resistance (days) 14 10 7 5

Temperature °F/°C 50/10 70/21 90/32

Dry Through (hrs) 48 16 10

Dry to recoat/ topcoat (hrs) 24 12 7

Maximum recoat window (hours)* 72 24 12

Cure to service –water immersion (days) 7 3 2

Cure to service – Abrasionand chemical resistance (days) 14 10 7

/4






AMERCOAT 78HB



DESCRIPTION Epoxy Phenolic Tank Lining

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Economical Tank lining; requires only two coats

– Withstands continuous water immersion to 140°F (60°C)

– Recommended for use under insulation for up to 400°F (204°C)

– Suitable for demineralized water to 140°F (60°C)


White, Ivory, Pearl Gray



Recommended

Dry film thickness (per coat) 4 – 6 mils (100 – 150 microns)2-3 coats* Limit total system film thickness to 10 mils for service temperatures above 250°F


Components 2










as necessary based on the hardness of the substrate.

Aluminum may be treated with a surface treatment compliant with Mil-DTL-5541 orequivalent (non-immersion applications only).

AMERCOAT® 90HS

page 1/4



Relative humidity 0-85% (0-50% using dehumidification for chemical / cargo tank linings)




Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to homoge-nize the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutesuntil completely dispersed. Hardener component may crystallize (haze) and thickenwhen exposed to low temperature. Warm the product at room temperature until it re-turns to a clear state prior to use.

Pot life

Induction time 50-70°F – 15 minutes71°F + – none




Spray application is required for tank linings with the exception of stripe coating andapplication for small repair areas.



Primers Direct to substrate, Dimetcote 9-series primers



DRY/CURE TIMES* Amercoat 90HS@ 5 mils dft

AMERCOAT 90HS

page 2/4

50°F 70°F 90°F

90HS 6 hours 4 hours 2 hours

50°F 70°F 90°F





Max topcoat, urethanes, PSX 72 hours 48 hours 24 hours


/4

AMERCOAT 90HS

Heat Cure Procedures

1. Allow the final coat of the lining to achieve a dry hard condition prior to heating above120°F .

2. Do not heat cure until after holiday detection has been accomplished (when specified).

3. Ramp heat at a rate of no greater than 2°F / minute to the target temperature.

4. Surface temperatures must be measured at various elevations from top to bottom andin each cardinal direction. The lowest surface temperature must meet the minimumtime/temperature requirements of the heat cure schedule. Record all temperatures.

5. All adjacent tanks must be empty.

* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relativehumidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures – not simply airtemperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heatedsurfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window.Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. Particular attention mustbe paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, a further degree ofcleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods. If maximumrecoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.





Product codes AT90H-23 Pearl GrayAT90H-3 WhiteAT90H-8 Ivory

AT90H-B Hardener




Temperature °F/°C 110 / 43 120 / 49 130 / 54 140 / 60 150 / 65 160 / 71

Cure to service (hrs) 60 48 36 24 18 12

/4

AMERCOAT 90HS






April 2013Revision of October 2012

DESCRIPTION Solvent Free Cycloaliphatic Amine Tank Lining

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Excellent chemical, solvent, and water immersion resistance

– NSF approved for potable water applications

– Can be applied up to 1/2" on horizontal surfaces

– Available with optically active pigment to facilitate inspection of holidays

COLOR AND GLOSS White, Oxide Red, Tank Primer Green (optically active pigment)*

Gloss

* Epoxies will characteristically chalk and fade with exposure to sunlight. Light colors are prone to ambering.




2 coats

Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mil dft 1,600 ft2 / gallon@ 6 mils dft 267 ft2 / gallon

Components 2



accordance with NACE RP-0178. Remove all surface contaminants, oil and greasein accordance with SSPC SP-1.Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to an SSPC SP-10 cleanliness or higher.Achieve a surface profile of 2.0 – 4.0 mils.Amercoat 114A may be used as a pit filler for certain applications. Check with PPGTechnical Service for guidance on chemical resistance.Check with PPG technical service for the maximum allowable soluble salt level forwater immersion service. This will vary based on the water chemistry and servicetemperatures.





AMERCOAT® 133

page 1/4



Relative humidity 0 – 85% (0 – 50% using dehumidification for tank linings)





Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to homogenizethe container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes untilcompletely dispersed.

Pot life

Induction time

Airless Spray Use a 64:1 or 72:1 pump or larger to achieve 3,500 -4,000 psi with a maximum of 50feet of 3/8" fluid hose and 10 feet of 3/8" whip. Heated and insulated lines may berequired in cold weather. Use a spray tip of 0.019-0.023". Material temperature at thegun should be 75-95°F.

Heated Plural Component Line pressure of 3,500 – 4,000 psi. Use a 3/8", 24-element static mixer and maintainAirless Spray 95-115°F at the gun. Use insulated 1/2" lines for greater than 50'. Use a spray tip size of

0.019-0.023".



Thinner Do not thin

Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 CleanerSafety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material

safety data sheets

DRY/CURE TIMES Amercoat 133

AMERCOAT 133

50°F 70°F 90°F

4 hours 2 hours 1 hour

page 2/4

50 – 60°F 60 – 70°F 71°F +

15 minutes 10 minutes none

Temperature°F/°C 50/10 60/15 70/21 90/32 95/35 100/40

Dry Hard (hrs) 36 30 24 14 12 10

Dry to recoat/topcoat (hrs) 26 16 10 6 4.5 3

Maximum recoat(days) 30 30 30 7 6 5

Cure to service 14 days 10 days 7 days 4 days 3.5 days 3.5 days

/4

AMERCOAT 133


1. Allow the final coat of the lining to achieve a dry hard condition prior to heating above120°F.


3. Ramp heat at a rate of no greater than 2°F / minute to the target temperature

4. Surface temperatures must be measured at various elevations from top to bottomand in each cardinal direction. The lowest surface temperature must meet the minimumtime/temperature requirements of the heat cure schedule. Record all temperatures.

* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relativehumidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures – not simply airtemperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heatedsurfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window.Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. Particular attention mustbe paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, a further degreeof cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods. If maximumrecoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.

PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS – Mil-PRF-23236 (D) Type VII, Classes 5,7, and 9, Grade C

– Qualified for ANSI/NSF Standard 61 (potable water) for tanks, pipes, valves, andfittings. For NSF application instructions, please visit our website atwww.ppgamercoatus.ppgpmc.com/NSF/

– AWWA C210-98

– AWWA D102-06


Product codes AT133-5 Tank Primer GreenAT133-3 WhiteAT133-72 Oxide Red

AT133-B Hardener



Temperature °F/°C 110/43 120/49 130/54 140/60 150/65 160/71


/4






AMERCOAT 133



DESCRIPTION Universal Amine Epoxy Coating

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Multi-purpose epoxy for industrial and marine applications

– Ballast tanks, fuel tanks, jet fuel, voids, bilge, and underwater hull application

– Heavy industry, structural steel

– Surface tolerant, compatible with water jetted surfaces

– > 70% edge retention


– Low VOC, extremely low HAPs

– Up to 12 mils dft in one coat

COLOR* AND GLOSS Off White, Buff, Haze gray, Pastel green, Oxide red, black

Semi-gloss

* Epoxy coatings will chalk and fade upon exposure to sunlight, elevated temperatures, or chemical exposure.Discoloration and normal chalking does not impact performance. Light colors will darken over time. Somebatch-to-batch variation in color is to be expected. Color matches are approximate.




Theoretical Spread Rate @ 6 mils (5.6 m2/l) 233 ft2/gal

Components 2


Specific gravity 1.52 g/cm3 (based on Off White)

SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is, in general, proportional to the degree of surface preparation.Abrasive blasting is usually the most effective and economical method.When this isimpossible or impractical, Amercoat 240 can be applied over mechanically cleanedsurfaces. All surfaces must be clean, dry and free of all contaminants, including saltdeposits. Contact PPG for maximum allowable salt containment levels.

Mild Steel – Remove all loose rust, dirt, grease or other contaminants by one of the followingdepending on the degree of cleanliness required: SSPC SP-2, 3, 6, 7 or 10 (ISO8501-1 St-2, St-3, Sa 1, Sa 2.5). These minimum surface preparation standardsapply to steel that has been previously abrasive blasted. The choice of surfacepreparation will depend on the system selected and end-use service conditions.

For more severe service and immersion, clean to SSPC SP-10 (ISO8501-1 Sa 2.5).Blast to achieve an anchor profile of 2-4 mils (50-100microns) as indicted by aKeane-Tator Surface profile Comparator or Testex Tape. Previously blasted steelmay be ultra-high pressure water jetted to SSPC SP WJ-2(L) / NACE WJ-2(L).The wet surface can be dried by blowing with dry compressed air giving special at-tention to horizontal surfaces and recesses.


AMERCOAT® 240

page 1/4




Aged coatings – All surfaces must be clean, dry, tightly bonded and free of all loose paint, corrosionproducts or chalky residue. Abrade surface, or clean with Prep 88. Amercoat 240 iscompatible over most types of properly applied and tightly adhering coatings, however,a test patch is recommended to confirm compatibility.


Requirements for Water Ballast Tanks subject to IMO-MSC.215(82) (PSPC):– steel; ISO 8501-3:2006 grade P2, with all edges treated to a rounded radius of

minimum 2 mm or subject to three pass grinding

– steel or steel with not approved zinc silicate shop primer; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa 2.5,blast profile 30 - 75µm

– steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer,weld seams and areas of damage shopprimer or breakdown should be blast cleaned to ISO-Sa 2.5, blasting profile 30 - 75µm

– for shop primer with IMO type approval; no additional requirements

– for shop primer without IMO type approval; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 removing atleast 70%of intact shop primer, blasting profile 30 - 75µm

– dust quantity rating “1” for dust size class “3”, “4” or “5”, lower dust size classes to beremoved if visible on the surface to be coated without magnification (ISO 8502-3:1992)

ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONSAmbient temperatures 20°F to 122°F (-7°C to 50°C)



Surface temperature Must be at least 5°F above dew point temperature. Maximum 140°F unless a lowermaximum is specified.

General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustiongases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush. Ensure goodventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affectingspray patterns. Refer to Information Bulletin #1489 for further information on preventionof amine blush.



Pot life

AMERCOAT 240

50°F 70°F 90°F3 hours 1.5 hours 40 min.

page 2/4

/4

AMERCOAT 240

Induction time 15 minutes at 70°F, 30 minutes at 50°F

Airless spray 45:1 pump or larger, 0.019 - 0.023 fluid tip, 2400 - 3,000 psi.

Air spray Thin up to 15%, standard conventional equipment


Thinner Amercoat T-10 thinner or PPG 91-92 thinnerCleaning solvent 12 Cleaner

Primers Inorganic zinc primers or zinc rich epoxies (atmospheric service)

Topcoats Amercoat 450H, Amershield, PSX 700, Amercoat 5410, Pitthane PolyurethaneSafety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material

safety data sheets


DRY/CURE TIMES Amercoat 240 @ 6 mils dft

* Antifouling coatings should be applied when the previous coat is tack free, but impressionable with moderatefinger tip pressure.Alkyd coatings and waterborne arcylic coatings should be applied after the film is dry through and no greaterthan three times the dry through time.

** Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relativehumidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures – not simply airtemperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heatedsurfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window.Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. A detergent wash withPrep 88 or equivalent is required prior to application of topcoats after 30 days of exposure. However, particularattention must be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, afurther degree of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods.If maximum recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.

*** On underwater hull systems, the vessel can be launched after the specified dry-to-launch period indicated inthe application instructions for the antifouling.

PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS – Type Approval by DNV and ABS to comply with IMO Resolution MSC.215(82) Per-formance Standard for Protective Coatings (PSOC) for seawater ballast tanks.

– NAVSEAMil-PRF-23236(D) Classes 5, 7 and 17, Type VII, Grade C

– NAVSEAMil-PRF-24647 underwater hull

– Marintek Class B1 for use in saltwater ballast tanks

– Tested by NOHC as being suitable as a lining for grain storage containers

– Meets performance requirements of Mil-PRF-4556(F) for storage of jet fuels

– Qualified to NORSOK M501 Systems 3B

20°F 32°F 50°F 70°F 90°F



Dry to recoat* 36 hours 24 hours 14 hours 7 hours 4 hours

Max recoat, self 180 days 180 days 90 days 60 days 30 days

Max topcoat,urethanes, PSX** 90 days 90 days 60 days 30 days 15 days

Cure to immersion*** 21 days 14 days 10 days 6 days 3 days

/4


Product codes AT 240-1 Buff baseAT 240-20 Haze Gray base F/S 26270AT 240-35 Off White baseAT 240-72 Oxide Red baseAT 240-9 Black baseAT 240-B Hardener (Part B)








AMERCOAT 240


October 2012Revision of June 2012

DESCRIPTION Low Temperature Cure Amine Epoxy

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Multi-purpose epoxy for industrial and marine applications

– Ballast tanks, voids, bilge, and underwater hull application

– Heavy industry, structural steel

– Surface tolerant, compatible with water jetted surfaces


– Low VOC, extremely low HAPs

– Up to 12 mils dft in one coat

COLOR* AND GLOSS Off White, Buff, Light gray, Oxide red, Black

Semi-gloss

* Epoxy coatings will chalk and fade upon exposure to sunlight, elevated temperatures, or chemical exposure.Discoloration and normal chalking does not impact performance. Light colors will darken over time. Somebatch-to-batch variation in color is to be expected. Color matches are approximate.




Theoretical Spread Rate @ 6 mils (5.6 m2/l) 219 ft2/gal

Components 2




Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to an SSPC SP-10 cleanliness or higher fortank lining service. Achieve a surface profile of 2.0-4.0 mils.

The product may be applied over an SSPC SP-12 WJ-2(L) for non-tank liningapplications where a previous blast profile can be exposed.

– For maintenance and repair in atmospheric service, the product can be appliedover surfaces prepared in accordance with SSPC SP-2 or SSPC SP-3 (hand andpower tool cleaning).

– Amercoat 114A may be used as a pit filler for serverly pitted steel and surfacediscontinuities.


Concrete – Remove all surface contaminants such as oil, grease, and embedded chemicals.Abrade the surface per ASTM D 4259 to remove all chalk and surface glaze orlaitance. Mechanical surface preparation should expose sub-surface voids andprovide a surface profile equivalent to 60 grit sandpaper or coarser. Surface shouldbe free from moisture in accordance with ASTM D4263. Refer to Information Sheet# 1496ACUS for further details regarding moisture measurements.

AMERCOAT® 240LT

page 1/4







Surface temperature Surface temperature must be at least 5°F above the dew point temperature. Maximum140°F unless a lower maximum is specified




Pot life

Induction time 5 minutes at 70°F, 15 minutes at 50°F

Airless spray 45:1 pump or larger, 0.019 - 0.023 fluid tip, 2,500 - 3,000 psi.

Air spray Thin up to 15%, standard conventional equipment


Thinner Amercoat T-10

Cleaning solvent 12 Cleaner

Primers Inorganic zinc primers or zinc rich epoxies (atmospheric service)

Topcoats Amercoat 450H, Amershield, PSX 700, Amercoat 229T



AMERCOAT 240LT

50°F 70°F 90°F


page 2/4

/4

AMERCOAT 240LT

DRY/CURE TIMES @ 6 mils dft

* Antifouling coatings should be applied when the previous coat of epoxy is tack free, but impressionable withmoderate finger tip pressure.Alkyd coatings and waterborne acrylic coatings should be applied after the film is dry through and no greaterthan three times the dry through time

** Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relativehumidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures – not simply airtemperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heatedsurfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window.Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. A detergent wash withPrep 88 or equivalent is required prior to application of topcoats after 30 days of exposure. However, particularattention must be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, afurther degree of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods.If maximum recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.


Product codes AT 240LT-1 Buff baseAT 240LT-2 Light Gray baseAT 240LT-20 F/S 23270 Haze grayAT 240LT-3 White baseAT 240LT-72 Oxide red baseAT 240LT-9 Black baseAT 240LT-B Hardener




20°F 32°F 50°F 70°F 90°F

Dry to touch 8 hours 5 hours 3 hours 1.5 hours 45 minutes

Dry hard 22 hours 10 hours 7 hours 3 hours 1.5 hours

Dry to recoat/topcoat* 24 hours 16 hours 8 hours 4 hours 2 hours

Max recoat, self 90 days 60 days 30 days 14 days 7 days

Max topcoat,urethanes, PSX** 30 days 14 days 10 days 5 days 2 days

Cure toimmersion***

14 days 10 days 7 days 5 days 3 days

/4

AMERCOAT 240LT






October 2012Revision of March 2012

DESCRIPTION Solvent Free Glass Flake Reinforced Lining

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Reinforced lining for crude oil and refined pretroleum products

– Excellent chemical, solvent, and water immersion resistance

– Outstanding abrasion resistance

– Excellent pit filling capabilities

– Can be applied up to 60 mils dry film thickness

COLOR AND GLOSS Gray

Gloss

* Epoxies will chalk and change color with exterior exposure. Colors are approximately and will tend to changeover time.



RecommendedDry film thickness 15 – 60 mils (381 – 1524 microns)

1-2 coats


Components 2







Concrete – Remove all surface contaminants such as oil, grease, and embedded chemicals.Light abrasive blast per ASTM D 4259 to remove all chalk and surface glaze orlaitance. Mechanical surface preparation should expose sub-surface voids andprovide a surface profile equivalent to 60 grit sandpaper or coarser. Ensure surfaceis dry with a plastic sheet test in accordance with ASTM D4263.

Non-ferrous metals – Lightly abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC SP-16 to achieve a uniform anddense 2.0 - 4.0 mil anchor profile.

Stainless Steel – Abrasive blast with a hard angular abrasive to achieve a uniform and dense anchorprofile of 2.0 - 4.0 mils.



Relative humidity 0 to 80%


AMERCOAT® 242HB

page 1/3





Pot life

Induction time

Airless sprayor heated plural component spray 64:1 pump or larger, 0.021-0.025 fluid tip. Use of in-line heaters and insulated lines

may be required for proper atomization in cold weather and with long fluid lines. Use ½”fluid lines for spray configurations requiring more than 100 feet from the pump

Brush Use a high quality natural bristle brush Ensure brush is well loaded to avoid air entrain-ment. Multiple coats may be necessary to achieve adequate film build.

Spray application is required for tank linings with the exception of stripe coating and ap-plication for small repair areas.

Thinner Do not thin.

Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner


DRY/CURE TIMES Amercoat 242HB

Heat Cure Procedures 1. Allow the final coat of the lining to achieve a dry hard condition prior to heatingabove 120°F.




AMERCOAT 242HB

50°F 70°F 90°F

1.5 hours 60 minutes 30 minutes

page 2/3

50 - 60°F 60 - 70°F 71°F +


Temperature °F/°C 50/10 60/15 70/21 90/32 95/35 100/40

Dry Hard (hrs) 36 30 24 14 12 10

Dry to recoat (hrs) 36 28 24 16 12 8

Maximum recoat(days)

30 25 20 14 7 4

Cure to service 14 days 10 days 6 days 3 days 2.5 days 2 days

/3

AMERCOAT 242HB

* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relative-humidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures – not simply airtemperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heatedsurfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window.Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. Particular attention mustbe paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, a further degreeof cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods. If maximumrecoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.


Product codes AT242HB-2 Gray

AT242HB-B Hardener








Temperature °F/°C 110/43 120/49 130/54 140/60 150/65 160/71




DESCRIPTION Novolac Epoxy Tank Lining

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Exceptional resistance to a wide range of chemicals and solvents

– Practical application properties and cure schedules

– Does not require baking to cure

– High volume solids, two coat system

COLOR AND GLOSS White, Pastel Red, Light Blue, Gray

Semi-gloss




2 or 3 coats


Components 2




Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to an SSPC SP-10 cleanliness or higher.Achieve a surface profile of 1.5 – 3.0 mils.



Concrete – Remove all surface contaminants such as oil, grease, and embedded chemicals.Light abrasive blast per ASTM D 4259 to remove all chalk and surface glaze or lai-tance. Mechanical surface preparation should expose sub-surface voids and providea surface profile equivalent to 80 grit sandpaper or coarser. Refer to InformationSheet # 1496ACUS for further details regarding moisture measurements.

Stainless Steel – Abrasive blast with a hard angular abrasive to achieve a uniform and dense anchorprofile of 1.5 – 3.0 mils.



Relative humidity 0 – 85% (0 – 50% using dehumidification for chemical / cargo tank linings)



Ventilation Refer to Information Bulletin #1434 for detailed information on ventilation requirementsfor tank lining applications

AMERCOAT® 253

page 1/3



Pot life

Induction time



Spray application is required for tank linings with the exception of stripe coating and ap-plication for small repair areas.

Thinner Amercoat T-10 thinnerCleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat T-10 thinnerSafety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material

safety data sheets



* Caution: Do not allow the temperature to drop below 50°F (10°C) during curing process.


1. Allow the final coat of the lining to achieve a dry hard condition prior to heating above120°F .




5. All adjacent tanks must be empty.

AMERCOAT 253

page 2/3

50°F 70°F 90°F

253 6 hours 4 hours 2 hours

50°F 70°F 90°F

253 45 minutes 30 minutes 15 minutes

Temperature °F/°C 50/10 60/15 70/21 90/32 95/35 100/40

Dry Touch (hrs) 8 6 4 2 1.75 1.5

Dry Hard (hrs) 26 20 15 6 4.5 3

Dry Through (hrs) 36 28 22 12 9 6

Dry to recoat/topcoat (hrs)

24 16 10 4 4 3



/3

AMERCOAT 253

* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relativehumidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures – not simply air tem-peratures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heated sur-faces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window.Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. Particular attention mustbe paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, a further degree ofcleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods. If maximumrecoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.


Product codes AT 253-208 GrayAT 253-3 WhiteAT 253-47 Light BlueAT 253-77 Pastel Red

AT 253-B Hardener








Temperature °F/°C 110 / 43 120 / 49 130 / 54 140 / 60 150 / 65 160 / 71




DESCRIPTION Solvent Free Cycloaliphatic Amine Tank Lining


– NSF approved for potable water applications

– Can be applied up to 1/2" on horizontal surfaces

– Edge retentive topcoat for Amercoat 133

COLOR AND GLOSS Off White, Pastel Green, I.M. Gray

Gloss

* Epoxies will chalk and change color with exterior exposure. Colors are approximately and will tend to changeover time.




1 – 2 coats


Components 2




Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to an SSPC SP-10 cleanliness or higher.Achieve a surface profile of 2.0 – 4.0 mils.




Non-ferrous metals – Lightly abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC SP-16 to achieve a uniform anddense 2.0 – 4.0 mil anchor profile.




Relative humidity 0-80% (0-50% using dehumidification for tank linings)Surface temperature 50°F to 100°F (10°C to 37°C) Surface temperature must remain at least 5°F above the

dew point temperatures.

AMERCOAT® 333

page 1/4





Pot life

Induction time

Airless Spray Use a 64:1 or 72:1 pump or larger to achieve 3,500 -4,000 psi with a maximum of 50feet of 3/8" fluid hose and 10 feet of 3/8" whip. Heated and insulated lines may berequired in cold weather. Use a spray tip of 0.021-0.031". Material temperature at thegun should be 75-95°F.

Heated Plural Component Line pressure of 3,500 – 4,000 psi. Use a 3/8", 24-element static mixer and maintainAirless Spray 95-115°F at the gun. Use insulated 1/2" lines for greater than 50 feet. Use a spray tip

size of 0.021-0.031".



Thinner Do not thin


safety data sheets



AMERCOAT 333

50°F 70°F 90°F

4 hours 2 hours 1 hour

page 2/4

50 – 60°F 60 –70°F 71°F +


Temperature°F/°C 50/10 60/15 70/21 90/32 95/35 100/40

Dry Hard (hrs) 36 30 24 14 12 10

Dry to recoat/topcoat (hrs) 26 16 10 6 4.5 3


Max recoat, self 14 days 10 days 7 days 3 days 3.5 days 3 days

/4

AMERCOAT 333

Heat Cure Procedures 1. Allow the final coat of the lining to achieve a dry hard condition prior to heatingabove 120°F.

2. Do not heat cure until after holiday detection has been accomplished (when speci-fied).


4. Surface temperatures must be measured at various elevations from top to bottomand in each cardinal direction. The lowest surface temperature must meet theminimum time/temperature requirements of the heat cure schedule. Record alltemperatures.

* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relativehumidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures – not simply airtemperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heated-surfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window.Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. Particular attention mustbe paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, a further degreeof cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods. If maximumrecoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.

PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS – Mil-PRF-23236 (D) Type VII, Classes 5,7, and 9, Grade C

– Qualified for ANSI/NSF Standard 61 (potable water) for tanks, pipes, valves, andfittings. For NSF application instructions, please visit our website atwww.ppgamercoatus.ppgpmc.com/NSF/

– AWWA C210-98

– AWWA D102-06


Product codes AT333-2 I.M. GrayAT333-3 Off WhiteAT333-55 Pastel Green

AT133-B Hardener



Temperature °F/°C 110/43 120/49 130/54 140/60 150/65 160/71


/4






AMERCOAT 333



DESCRIPTION Solvent Free Modified Phenolic Amine Tank Lining


– High abrasion resistance

– Suitable for severe H2S exposure

– High film builds when using 884 additive

– Glass flake reinforced version available

COLOR* AND GLOSS Gray

Semi-gloss

* Product is not color stable. Colors will change on exposure to sunlight. Color matches are approximate.




12 – 25 mils when adding Amercoat 880 glass flake20 – 55 mils with 1 gallon of Amercoat 884 additive per 4 gallon kit

Number of coats 1 coat at 12 mils or greater or2 coats at 8 – 12 mils per coat

Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mils 1,600 ft2/gallon@ 6 mils 233 ft2/gallon

Components 2








Concrete – Remove all surface contaminants such as oil, grease, and embedded chemicals.Light abrasive blast per ASTM D 4259 to remove all chalk and surface glaze orlaitance. Mechanical surface preparation should expose sub-surface voids andprovide a surface profile equivalent to 60 grit sandpaper or coarser. Refer to

Information Sheet # 1496ACUS for further details regarding moisture measurements.

Non-ferrous metals – Lightly abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC SP-16 to achieve a uniform anddense 2.0 – 4.0 mil anchor profile.


AMERCOAT® 351

page 1/4



Relative humidity 0 – 80% (0 – 50% using dehumidification for tank linings)

Surface temperature 50°F to 100°F (10°C to 37°C) Surface temperature must remain at least 5°F above thedew point temperatures. Surface temperatures greater than 90°F may require the use ofAmercoat 884 thixotropic additive.


Ventilation Refer to Information Bulletin #1434 for detailed information on ventilation requirementsfor tank lining applications



Pot life

Induction time

Airless spray or heated plural component spray64:1 pump, 0.019-0.023 fluid tip, use of in-line heaters and insulated lines may berequired for proper atomization in cold weather and with long fluid lines. Use 1/2" fluidlines for spray configurations requiring more than 100 feet from the pump. For pluralcomponent spray, use a 3/8", 24 element static mixer.

When using glass flake additive a spray tip size of X.035" or larger should be used.When using Amercoat 884 additive, a spray tip size of X.027 – X.035 should be used.

Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 3/8" nap roller.Ensure brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may benecessary to achieve adequate film build.Spray application is required for tank linings with the exception of stripe coating andapplication for small repair areas.

Thinner Do not thin


safety data sheets

AMERCOAT 351

50°F 70°F 90°F

1.5 hours 1 hour 0.5 hour

page 2/4

50 – 60°F 60 – 70°F 71°F +


/4

AMERCOAT 351



1. Allow the final coat of the lining to achieve a dry hard condition prior to heating above90°F to avoid sagging




* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relativehumidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures – not simply airtemperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heatedsurfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window.Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. Particular attention mustbe paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, a further degreeof cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods. If maximum re-coat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.


Product codes AT351-2 Gray baseAT351-B HardenerAT880 Glass flake additiveAT884 Thixotropic additive


WARRANTY STATEMENTPPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPG’s specifications for such product ineffect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person forinfringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMACOURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDINGWITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORAPARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMEDBY PPG.

Temperaure°F/°C

50/10 60/15 70/21 90/32 95/35 100/40

Dry through(hrs) 60 36 18 12 9 6

Dry to recoat/topcoat (hrs) 36 24 12 8 6 4

Maximumrecoat (days) 20 17 14 5 4 3


Temperaure°F/°C 110/43 120/49 130/54 140/60 150/65 160/71

Cure to service(hrs) 60 48 36 24 18 12

/4

Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyer’s discovery of the claimeddefect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the deliveryof the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyer’s failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required hereinshall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.






AMERCOAT 351



DESCRIPTION Fast Dry Multi-purpose Epoxy Coating

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Multi-purpose high build epoxy

– Application over a wide range of surface temperatures from 20°F to 120°F.

– Suitable for immersion in fresh and salt water

– Class A Slip Resistance for High Strength Bolted Connections

COLOR* AND GLOSS Flat

White, Black, Oxide Red, Light Buff, Pearl Gray

* Epoxy coatings will characteristically chalk and fade upon exposure to sunlight. Light colors are prone toambering to some extent.





Components 2





For more severe service and immersion, clean to SSPC SP-10 (ISO8501-1 Sa 2.5).Blast to achieve an anchor profile of 2.0-4.0 mils (50-100 microns) as indicted by aKeane-Tator Surface profile Comparator or Testex Tape. Previously blasted steelmay be ultra-high pressure water jetted to SSPC SP WJ-2(L) / NACE WJ-2(L).The wet surface can be dried by blowing with dry compressed air giving specialattention to horizontal surfaces and recesses.


Galvanized Steel – Remove oil or soap film with detergent or emulsion cleaner. Lightly abrasive blastwith a fine abrasive in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a profileof 1.5-3.0 mils. When light abrasive blasting is not possible, galvanizing can betreated with a suitable zinc phosphate conversion coating. Galvanizing that has atleast 12 months of exterior weathering and has a rough surface with white rustpresent may be over-coated after power washing and cleaning to remove white rustand other contaminants. The surface must have a measurable profile. A test patch isrecommended to confirm adhesion. Not recommended over chromate sealed galva-nizing without blasting to thoroughly remove chromates. Adhesion problems may occur.

AMERCOAT® 370

page 1/4



Aged coatings – All surfaces must be clean, dry, tightly bonded and free of all loose paint, corrosionproducts or chalky residue. Abrade surface, or clean with Prep 88. Amercoat 370 iscompatible over many types of properly applied and tightly adhering coatings, how-ever, a test patch is recommended to confirm compatibility.



Surface temperature must be at least 5°F above dew point temperature.







Pot life

Induction time None

Airless spray 45:1 pump or larger, 0.017-0.019 fluid tipCan be applied with plural component equipment



Thinner Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90°F)Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)Primers Direct to substrate; Dimetcote- Series Primers, Amercoat 68HS, Amercoat 68MCZTopcoats Amercoat 450-Series Polyurethanes, Amershield, PSX 700, Amercoat 229T, Pitthane

Polyurethanes



AMERCOAT 370

50°F 70°F 90°F


page 2/4

/4

AMERCOAT 370


Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relativehumidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures – not simply airtemperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heatedsurfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat windowSurface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. A detergent wash withPrep 88 or equivalent is required prior to application of topcoats after 30 days of exposure. However, particularattention must be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, afurther degree of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods.If maximum recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.

PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS – ANSI / NSF Standard 61 for drinking water (valves only)For NSF application instructions, please visit our website at:www.ppgamercoatus.ppgpmc.com/NSF/

– AWWA C550-06

– AWWA C210-98

– Compliant with USDA Incidental Food Contact Requirements

– Qualified for Class A Slip Resistance per the Research Council on StructuralConnections, Appendix A.


1-gallon kits have 0.8 gallons of base and 0.2 gallons of hardener5- gallon kits have 4 gallons of base and 1 gallon of hardener


Product codes AT370-112 Light Buff baseAT370-3 White baseAT370-9 Black baseAT370-23 Pearl Gray baseAT370-72 Oxide Red base

AT370-B Hardener component


WARRANTY STATEMENTPPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPG’s specifications for such product ineffect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person forinfringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.THESEARE THE ONLYWARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKESANDALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, UNDERSTATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMACOURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDINGWITHOUTLIMITATION, ANY OTHERWARRANTY OF FITNESS FORAPARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG.

20°F 32°F 50°F 70°F 90°F

Dry to touch 2 hours 1.5 hours 45 minutes 30 minutes 20 minutes

Dry through 20 hours 9 hours 4.5 hours 1.5 hours 1.25 hours

Dry to recoat /topcoat 3 hours 2 hours 1.5 hours 45 minutes 30 minutes

Max recoat, selfimmersion 90 days 60 days 30 days 30 days 30 days

Max recoat, selfnon-immersion 6 months 6 months 6 months 6 months 6 months

Max topcoat,urethanes, PSX 60 days 50 days 45 days 30 days 14 days

Cure to immersion NR 7 days 48 hours 24 hours 12 hours

AMERCOAT 370







page 4/4Amercoat is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.


DESCRIPTION Multi-Purpose Polyamide Epoxy Coating

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Multi-purpose high build epoxy

– High solids high build epoxy intermediate coat

– Compatibility with a wide range of substrates and surface preparations

– Amercoat 385PA contains zinc phosphate for enhanced corrosion inhibitiveperformance

COLOR AND GLOSS White, Black, Oxide Red, Buff, Pearl Gray

Flat

Amercoat 385PA Red (MIO containing formula), Amercoat 385PA Buff (no MIO)* Epoxy coatings will characteristically chalk and fade upon exposure to sunlight. Light colors are prone toambering to some extent.





Components 2





For more severe service and immersion, clean to SSPC SP-10 (ISO8501-1 Sa 2.5).Blast to achieve an anchor profile of 1.0-5.0 mils (50-75microns) as indicted by aKeane-Tator Surface profile Comparator or Testex Tape. For immersion and severeduty applications, the recommended blast profile is 2.0-4.0 mils (50-100 microns).Previously blasted steel may be ultra-high pressure water jetted to SSPC -SPWJ-2(L) /NACE WJ-2(L). The wet surface can be dried by blowing with dry compressed airgiving special attention to horizontal surfaces and recesses.

Concrete – Prepare / clean surface in accordance with SSPC SP-13 guidelines. Abrade surfaceper ASTM D-4259 to remove all efflorescence and laitance, to expose sub-surfacevoids, and to provide a surface roughness equivalent of 60 grit sandpaper or coarser.Test for moisture by conducting a plastic sheet test in accordance with ASTM D4263.Fill voids as necessary with Amercoat 114A epoxy filler.

Galvanized Steel – Remove oil or soap film with detergent or emulsion cleaner. Lightly abrasive blastwith a fine abrasive in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a profile of1.5 - 3.0 mils. When light abrasive blasting is not possible, galvanizing can be treatedwith a suitable zinc phosphate conversion coating. Galvanizing that has at least 12months of exterior weathering and has a rough surface with white rust present maybe over-coated after power washing and cleaning to remove white rust and other

AMERCOAT® 385

page 1/4

contaminants. The surface must have a measurable profile. A test patch is recom-mended to confirm adhesion. Not recommended over chromate sealed galvanizingwithout blasting to thoroughly remove chromates. Adhesion problems may occur.



Aged coatings – All surfaces must be clean, dry, tightly bonded and free of all loose paint, corrosionproducts or chalky residue. Abrade surface, or clean with Prep 88. Amercoat 385 iscompatible over most types of properly applied and tightly adhering coatings, however,a test patch is recommended to confirm compatibility.






Surface temperature Must be at least 5°F above dew point temperature.




Pot life

Induction time




Thinner Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90°F)Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)Primers Direct to substrate; Dimetcote- series primers, Amercoat 68HS, Amercoat 68MCZTopcoats Amercoat 450-Series Polyurethanes, Amershield, PSX 700, Amercoat 229T, PSX ONE,

Pitthane PolyurethanesSafety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material

safety data sheets


AMERCOAT 385

50°F/10°C 70°F/20°C 90°F/30°C

5 hours 3 hours 1.5 hours

page 2/4

Below 60°F 60-75°F Above 75°F

30 minutes 15 minutes Not required

/4

AMERCOAT 385


** Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relativehumidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures – not simply airtemperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heatedsurfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window.

Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. A detergent wash withPrep 88 or equivalent is recommended prior to application of topcoats after 30 days of exposure. However,particular attention must be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In thosesituations, a further degree of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitablecleaning methods. If maximum recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface

PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS – Mil-PRF-23236(C) Type V, Class 7, Grade C

– Military Sealift Command – Underwater hulls, topside and salt water ballast tankservice

– Compliant with USDA Incidental Food Contact Requirements


– AWWA C210-98

– NORSOK M501 Rev. 5, System 7 Subsea surfaces

– MPI Category #108


2-gallon kits have 1 full gallon of base and 1 full gallon of hardener10-gallon kits have 5-gallons of base and 5-gallons of hardener


Product codes AT 385-1 Buff baseAT 385-3 White baseAT 385-9 Black baseAT 385-23 Pearl Gray baseAT 385-72 Oxide Red base

AT385A-1 Amercoat 385PA Buff (contains zinc phosphate)AT385A-7 Amercoat 385PA Red (contains micaceous iron oxide)AT385-B hardener component (hardener for 385 and 385PA)


40°F 50°F 60°F 70°F 90°F



Dry to recoat /topcoat

72 hours 42 hours 24 hours 12 hours 6 hours

Max recoat, self,immersion

30 days or 6 months (when cleaned with Prep 88according to the instructions)

Max recoat, self,atmospheric

No maximum (when cleaned with Prep 88 accordingto the instructions)

Max topcoat,urethanes, PSX 60 days 42 days 36 days 30 days 14 days

Cure to immersion 10 days 3 days 2.5 days 2 days 1 day

/4







AMERCOAT 385


May 2013Revision of October 2012

DESCRIPTION Fast Dry, High Solids Epoxy Coating

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Fast dry, dry to recoat in 3 hours at 70°F (21°C)– Low VOC– Low temperature cure

COLOR AND GLOSS Semi-glossStandard primer colors, Hopper Car Gray, Black, White* Epoxy coatings will characteristically chalk and fade upon exposure to sunlight. Light colors are prone toambering to some extent.

BASIC DATAVolume solids 83% ± 3%VOC 1.5 lbs/gal (180 g/L)RecommendedDry film thickness 4 - 8 mils per coat (100-200 microns)Theoretical Spread Rate 1315 ft2/gal @ 1 mils dft

263 ft2/gal @ 5 mils dftComponents 2Dry Temperature Resistance* Continuous — 200°F Intermittent — 350°F (<5% of the time, max 24 hours)

* Color will drift at elevated temperatures.Shelf Life 3 years from date of manufacture

* when stored in original sealed containers in dry conditions between 40-100°F

SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is, in general, proportional to the degree of surface preparation.Steel – Remove all surface contaminants, oil and grease in accordance with SSPC SP-1.

Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to an SSPC SP-6 cleanliness or higher.Achieve a surface profile of 1.5 – 4.0 mils. The product may be applied over anSSPC SP-12 WJ-2(L) where a previous blast can be exposed.For maintenance and repair in atmospheric service, the product can be applied oversurfaces prepared in accordance with SSPC SP-2 or SSPC SP-3 (hand and powertool cleaning.)



Aged Coatings and Repairs – Ensure the coating system is sound and well adhered. Do not apply over acrylic coatingsor coatings that exhibit poor solvent resistance. A test patch is recommended. Sweepblast or otherwise thoroughly abrade the existing coating in accordance with SSPCSP-7. Alternately, Prep 88 may be used to prepare some existing coatings, Pleaserefer to Prep 88 data sheet for details. Feather the edges of tightly adhered, intactcoatings at the perimeter of repair areas. Power tool clean the existing steel in accor-dance with SSPC SP-3 (atmospheric service) or SSPC SP-11 (immersion service).

ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONSAmbient temperatures 20°F to 122°F (-6°C to 50°C)Material temperatures 40°F to 90°F (5°C to 32ºCRelative humidity 0-90%, surface must be free of visible moisture. For immersion service and for optimum

performance, surface temperature must be at least 5°F above the dew point temperature.Surface temperature 20°F to 122°F (-6°C to 50°C)

AMERCOAT® 399

page 1/3




Pot life

* Amercoat 8 thinner can be used to extend pot life approximately 10-20% in hot weather conditions

Induction time None requiredAirless spray 45:1 pump or larger, 0.017 - 0.019 fluid tip

Can be sprayed with plural component application equipment.Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070” fluid orificeBrush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 3/8” nap roller. Ensure

brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary toachieve adequate film build.

Thinner Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90°F), Amercoat 8 or T-10 (toextend pot life 10-20%)

Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)Primers Direct to substrate; Dimetcote- series primers, Amercoat 68HS, Amercoat 68MCZTopcoats Amercoat 450-Series Polyurethanes, Amershield, PSX 700, PSX One, Amercoat 220-

Series Acrylics, Pitthane Series Urethanes, Durathane DTMSafety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material

safety data sheetsThis is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mistor vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.

DRY/CURE TIMES

* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relativehumidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures – not simply airtemperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heatedsurfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat windowSurface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. A detergent wash withPrep 88 or equivalent is required prior to application of topcoats after 30 days of exposure. However, particularattention must be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, afurther degree of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods.If maximum recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.

AMERCOAT 399

page 2/3

32°F 50°F 70°F 90°F

Dry to touch 24 hours 8 hours 2.5 hours 1 hour

Dry through 38 hours 13 hours 4.5 hours 2 hours

Dry to recoat / topcoat 24 hours 6 hours 3 hours 1 hour


Max topcoat,Amercoat 450H 30 days 30 days 30 days 14 days

Max topcoat,Amershield, PSX 30 days 21 days 10 days 4 days

50°F 70°F 90°F

399 2 hours 1 hour 0.5 - 0.75 hours

/3

AMERCOAT 399

AVAILABILITYPackaging Available in 5-gallon kits and 55 gallon drums

5 gallon kits have 2.5 gallons of base and 2.5 gallons of hardener55 gallon drums have 50 gallon fills

Product codes AT 399-254 Hopper Gray baseAT 399-3 White baseAT 399-9 Black baseAT 399-23 Pearl Gray baseOthers availableAT 399-B Hardener component






DESCRIPTION Elastomeric Polyurea Hybrid

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – High build, single coat protection

– 100% solids

– Tough, flexible, and impact resistant

– Fast dry times; cures through a wide temperature range

– Potable water tank lining

– Suitable for wastewater applications, pipe exteriors, high wear surfaces, and cargoholds

COLOR AND GLOSS Off White* (other colors available on a limited basis)

Semi-gloss

* Product is prone to some degree of discoloration. Discoloration does not impact performance. Light colors willdarken over time. Some batch-to-batch variation in color is to be expected. Color matches are approximate.


VOC 0 lbs/gal (0 g/L)

RecommendedDry film thickness (per coat) 20 – 100 mils (500 – 2,500 microns)

Coats 1 – 2

Theoretical Spread Rate @ 20 mils 80 ft2/gallon 2.0 m2 /L@ 40 mils 40 ft2/gallon 1.0 m2 /L@ 100 mils 16 ft2/gallon 0.4 m2 /L

Components 2


Specific gravity 1.52 g/cm3 (based on Off White)




Concrete – Remove all surface contaminants such as oil, grease, and embedded chemicals.Light abrasive blast per ASTM D 4259 to remove all chalk and surface glaze orlaitance. Mechanical surface preparation should expose sub-surface voids andprovide a surface profile equivalent to 80 grit sandpaper or coarser. Ensure surfaceis dry with a plastic sheet test in accordance with ASTM D4263. Slabs on grademust have a maximum moisture transmission rate of 3 lbs/1,000 ft2 / 24 hours.Please refer to information bulletin #1496ACUS for further information on moisturemeasurements. Prime concrete with Amerlock Sealer or Amerlock 400.

Repair 1. Remove all rust, loose paint, grease, or other contaminants. Spot abrasive blastdamaged areas to remove old coatings and prepare the steel to an SSPC SP10condition with a 2.0-5.0 mil anchor profile. Alternately power too clean to bare metalas per SSPC SP-11 to obtain a uniform and dense, minimum 2.0 mil anchor profile.

2. Taper abrade in-tact and adhered coating surrounding the repair area terminating ata feathered edge at the substrate.

3. Apply Amerthane 490 to the specified thickness as soon as possible after the sur-face is prepared.

AMERTHANE® 490

page 1/3


Material temperatures 95°F to 110°F (35°C to 43ºC) (at the gun)


Surface temperature 20°F to 110°F (-7°C to 43°C) Surface must be at least 5°F above the dew pointtemperature.


INSTRUCTIONS FOR USEMixing ratio by volume 1 Part A Component :: 2 Parts B Component

Part A is the Hardener, Part B is the Pigmented Resin

Gel time 90°F – 120°F – 40 – 80 seconds

Plural component heatedairless spray 2:1 plural component airless spray

Equipment and material temperatures that are generally used follows:

a. 95 – 110°F at gun (35 – 43°C)b. 12" x 3⁄8" 24 element Static Mixerc. 50' of 3⁄8" Fluid Lined. Pump ratio 45::1 or 64::1 at 2500 – 4,000 psie. Fluid tip with a 0.019- to 0.025-inch orifice

Brush If needed for touch up, collect a small quantity from the static mixer and apply to therepair area with a well loaded, natural bristle brush. Be aware the gel time is typicallyless than 1 minute.

Thinner Do not thin

Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 CleanerPrimers* Amercoat 370 or Amerlock 2/400 for steel

(direct to metal only for potable water applications)Amerlock Sealer or Amerlock 2/400 for concrete* Apply Amerthane 490 after the dry hard time of the epoxy and not greater than 72 hours after the epoxy.



DRY/CURE TIMES Amerthane 490 @ 30 mils

AMERTHANE 490

page 2/3

Amerthane 490at 30 mils 40°F 50°F 70°F 90°F

Dry to touch (min) 45 30 12 5

Dry hard (hrs) 8 6 4 2

Dry to recoat (hrs) 8 6 4 2

Max recoat, self 24 hours 24 hours 24 hours 16 days

Cure for severeabrasion/impact 6 days 4 days 3 days 2 days

Cure for severeabrasion/impact 4 days 3 days 2 days 1 days

Cure to service(water immersion) 48 hours 36 hours 24 hours 18 hours

Cure to service(potable water) 3 days

/3

AMERTHANE 490

PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS – ANSI / NSF Standard 61 for drinking water(minimum 700 gallon tanks, 72 hour return to service, 20 – 100 mils)

– AWWA D102-06 Inside Coating System #4

AVAILABILITYPackaging Available in 5-gallon pails and 55-gallon drums

Product codes AMER4903 WHITEAMER490B CureAMER4902 GrayAMER4909 BlackAMER49072 Red OxideAMER4905 BlueAMER49072 Safety Orange








Amercoat and Amerthane are registered trademarks of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.

– concrete - Prepare / clean surface in accordance with SSPC SP-13 guidelines. Abrade surface per ASTM D-4259 to remove all efflorescence and laitance, toexpose sub-surface voids, and to provide a surface roughness equivalent of 60 grit sandpaper or coarser.Test for moisture by conducting a plastic sheet test in accordance

March 20134 pages Revision of April 2012

NOVAGUARD 840

(data for mixed product)

10.85 lbs/gal (1.3 g/cm³) 100% max. 106 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED) max. 1.2 lb/gal (approx. 142 g/l)

Recommended dry film thickness 12 - 24 mils (300 - 600 µm) depending on system Theoretical spreading rate 134 ft²/gal (3.3 m²/l) at 12 mil (300 µm)*

6 hours at 70°F/21 °C min. 24 hours * max. 2 months * 5 days * at 70°F/ 21°C (data for components)

at least 12 months * see additional data

– steel - blast cleaned to a minimum of SSPC SP10/NACE 2 (ISO-Sa2½), blasting profile 2 - 4 mils (50 - 100 µm)

Mass density Volume solids VOC (suppied - EPA 24)

Touch dry after

Overcoating interval

Full cure after

Shelf life (cool and dry place)

RECOMMENDEDSUBSTRATE CONDITIONSAND TEMPERATURES

0.9 lb/gal (73 g/ltr) (by EPA Method 24) see information sheet 1411

two component solvent free amine cured novolac phenolic epoxy coating

– one coat tank coating system – clear version for glassmat reinforced solvent free tank bottom system (see

system sheet 4145) – excellent resistance to crude oil up to 194°F/ 90°C – suitable for storage of unleaded gasolines – good chemical resistance against a wide range of chemicals and solvents – good visibility due to light color – glossy and smooth appearance – easy to clean – can be applied by heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment (60:1) – reduced explosion risk and fire hazard – suitable for use in severe municipal wastewater service

green, cream, clear – gloss

(1 lb/US gal = 0.12 g/cm³; 1 ft²/US gal = 0.0245 m²/l)

Description

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS

COLORS AND GLOSS

BASIC DATA AT 70°F/ 21°C

page 1/4

™

with ASTM D4263. Fill voids as necessary with Amercoat 114A epoxy filler. Prime withAmerlock Sealer. Check with PPG Technical Service for specific chemical resistancewhen this system is specified.

March 2013

NOVAGUARD 840

mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 4 : 1 – the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should preferably be at

least 70°F/ 21°C – at lower temperature the viscosity will be too high for spray application – no thinner should be added – for recommended application instructions: see working procedure

none 1 hours at 70°F/ 21 °C (see additional data)

use heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment preferably 60:1 pump ratio and suitable high pressure hoses/in -line heating or insulated hoses may be necessary to avoid cooling down of paint in hoses at low air temperature/length of hoses should be as short as possible

Recommended thinner no thinner should be addedNozzle orificeNozzle pressure at 70°F/ 21°C (paint temperature) min. 4000 p.s.i. (= approx. 28 MPa; 280 bar)

at 85°F/ 29°C (paint temperature) min. 3000 p.s.i. (= approx. 22 MPa; 220 bar)

only for spot repair and stripe coatingRecommended thinner no thinner should be added

Thinner 90-83 (preferred) or Thinner 90-53 – paint inside the spraying equipment must be removed before the pot life time

has been expired – all equipment used for application must be cleaned immediately after use

Film thickness and spreading rate

measuring wet film thickness


Induction time Pot life

AIRLESS SPRAY

BRUSH/ROLLER

CLEANING SOLVENT

approx. 0.021 in (0.53 mm)

dft in mils (µm)

Maximum dft when brushing: 6 mils (150 µm)

24 (600)12 (300)

theoritical spreading rate ft²/US gal (m²/l) 135 (3.3) 70 (1.7)

– a deviation is often obtained between the measured apparent wft and the real applied wft

– this is due to the thixotropy and the surface tension of the paint which retards the release of air trapped in the paint film for some time

– recommendation is to apply a wft which is equal to the specified dft plus 2.5 mils (60 µm)

measuring dry film thickness – because of low initial hardness the dft cannot be measured within some

days due to the penetration of the measuring device into the soft paint film – the dft should be measured using a calibration foil of known thickness placed

in between the coating and the measuring device

page 2/4

– substrate temperature should be above 40°F/ 5°C and at least 5°F/ 3°C above dew point during application and curingsteel with suitable primer (SigmaGuard™ 260) which must be dry, clean and free from any contamination

–

NOVAGUARD 840

Overcoating with Novaguard 840 (spot repair and stripe coating)

–

surface should be dry and free from any contamination

Curing tablesubstrate temperature full cure dry to handle

sruoh 06syad 517 days 30 hours5 days 16 hours3 days 10 hours

– adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing (please refer to sheets 1433 and 1434)

Curing

substrate temperature

minimum interval

maximum interval

50°F/10°C 70°F/21°C 85°F/29°C40°F/5°C

3 months

80 hours

3 months

36 hours

2 months

24 hours

1 month

16 hours

50°F/10°C 70°F/21°C 85°F/29°C

40°F/5°C

Pot life (at application viscosity)

.nim 06

.nim 54

– due to exothermic reaction, temperature during and after mixing may increase

While it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

0341 teehs noitamrofni ees snoitacidni ytefaS Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433 Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490 Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411 Safety in confined spaces and health safetyExplosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431 Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434 Specification for mineral abrasives see information sheet 1491 Safety in confined spaces and health safetyExplosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431 Relative humidity - substrate temperature -

0561 teehs noitamrofni ees erutarepmet ria 0141 teehs noitamrofni ees slebat noisrevnoC

Worldwide availability

REFERENCES

70°F/21°C 85°F/29°C

page 3/4

March 2013

NOVAGUARD 840

– for paint and recommended thinners see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheets

– although this is a solvent free paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes

– no solvent present; however, spray mist is not harmless, a fresh air mask should be used during spraying

– ventilation should be provided in confined spaces to maintain good visibility

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

WARRANTY PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPG’s specifications for such product in effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.

THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG.

Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyer’s discovery of the claimed defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyer’s failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.

LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITYIN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.The information in this data sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specifi c inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPG’s knowledge, is reliable. The product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-user’s responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise).Variations in the application environment, changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.This data sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyer’s responsibility to ensure that this data sheet is current prior to using the product. Current data sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com.The English text of this data sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.

PDS 7468237775 cream 3012002200180207 green 4000001400

page 4/4

Sigma Coatings is a trademark of PPG Coatings Nederland B.V. and Sigma Novaguard is a trademark of SIGMAKALON DECO NEDERLAND B.V.

March 2013

– substrate temperature should be above 40°F/ 5°C and at least 5°F/ 3°C above dew point during application and curingsteel with suitable primer (SigmaGuard™ 260) which must be dry, clean and free from any contamination

November 20124 pages Revision of March 2011

NOVAGUARD 890

two component solvent free amine cured novolac phenolic epoxy coating

– one coat tank coating system – excellent resistance to crude oil up to 194°F/ 90°C – suitable for storage of unleaded gasolines blended up to 100% ethanol

(E5 up to E100) – suitable for storage of biodiesel (EN14214) – good chemical resistance against a wide range of chemicals and solvents – good visibility due to light colour – semigloss and smooth appearance – clear version for glassmat reinforced solvent free tank bottom system (see

system sheet 4155) – easy to clean – can be applied by heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment (60:1) – reduced explosion risk and fire hazard

green, cream, clear – semigloss



approx. 10.85 lbs/gal (1.3 g/cm³) 100% max. 94 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED) max. 131 g/l (approx. 1.1 lb/gal)

Recommended dry film thickness 12 - 24 mils (300 - 600 µm) depending on system Theoretical spreading rate 135 ft²/gal at 12 mil (3.3 m²/l for 300 µm *)

8 hours at 70°F/21 °C min. 24 hours * max. 2 months * 6 days * (data for components)


– steel; blast cleaned to a minimum of SSPC SP-10, blasting profile 2 - 4 mils (50 - 100 µm)

–

Description


COLORS AND GLOSS

BASIC DATA AT 70°F/ 20 °C

Mass density Volume solids VOC (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED) VOC (UK PG 6/23(92) appendix 3)

Touch dry after


Full cure after



page 1/4

™

November 2012

NOVAGUARD 890

mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 4 : 1

– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should preferably be at least 70°F/ 21°C

– no thinner should be added – for recommended application instructions: see working procedure – at lower temperature the viscosity will be too high for spray application

none 1 hour at 70°F/ 21 °C * * see additional data

Recommended thinner no thinner should be addedNozzle orificeNozzle pressure at 70°F/ 21°C (paint temperature) min. 4000 p.s.i. (= approx. 28 MPa; 280 bar)

at 85°F/ 29°C (paint temperature) min. 3000 p.s.i. (= approx. 22 MPa; 220 bar)

– use heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment preferably 60:1 pump ratio and suitable high pressure hoses

for stripe coating and spot repair onlyRecommended thinner no thinner should be added

Thinner 90-83 (preferred) or Thinner 90-53 – all application equipment must be cleaned immediately after use – paint inside the spraying equipment must be removed before the pot life time

has been expired


dft in mils (µm)

measuring wet fi lm thickness – a deviation is often obtained between the measured apparent wft and the

real applied wft – this is due to the thixotropy and the surface tension of the paint which

retards the release of air trapped in the paint film for some time – recommendation is to apply a wft which is equal to the specified dft

plus 2.5 mils (60 µm)


Induction time Pot life

AIRLESS SPRAY

BRUSH/ROLLER

CLEANING SOLVENT

ADDITIONAL DATA

approx. 0.021 in (0.53 mm)

Maximum dft when brushing: 6 mils (150 µm)

24 (600)12 (300)


measuring dry fi lm thickness – because of low initial hardness the dft cannot be measured within some

days due to the penetration of the measuring device into the soft paint film – the dft should be measured using a calibration foil of known thickness placed

in between the coating and the measuring device

page 2/4

NOVAGUARD 890

November 2012

Overcoating table with itself (spot repair and stripe coating)


minimum interval 36 hours 24 hours 16 hours

maximum interval 3 months 2 months 1 month

– surface should be dry and free from any contamination

Curing tablesubstrate temperature dry to handle full cure


– for storage and transport of drinking water the recommended working procedure should be followed

Pot life (at application viscosity).nim 06 .nim 54

– due to exothermic reaction, temperature during and after mixing may increase


Curing


50°F/10°C 70°F/21°C 85°F/29°C

50°F/10°C 70°F/21°C 85°F/29°C

70°F/20°C 85°F/29°C

10 days6 days4 days

40 hours18 hours12 hours

0141 teehs noitamrofni ees slebat noisrevnoC Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411 0341 teehs noitamrofni ees snoitacidni ytefaS Safety in confined spaces and health safetyExplosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431 Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433 Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434 Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490 Specification for mineral abrasives see information sheet 1491 Relative humidity - substrate temperature -

0561 teehs noitamrofni ees erutarepmet ria

REFERENCES

page 3/4

NOVAGUARD 890

November 2012


– although this is a solvent free paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes – no solvent present; however, spray mist is not harmless, a fresh air mask

should be used during spraying – ventilation should be provided in confined spaces to maintain good visibility

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

WARRANTY PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPG’s specifications for such product in effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG.


LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITYIN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specifi c inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPG’s knowledge, is reliable. The product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-user’s responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise).Variations in the application environment, changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyer’s responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to using the product. Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of this data sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.

PDS 7755

269264 green 4194542200282887 cream 3002002200

page 4/4

Sigma Coatings is a trademark of PPG Coatings Nederland B.V. and Sigma Novaguard is a trademark of SIGMAKALON DECO NEDERLAND B.V.

July 20124 pages Revision of March 2011

PHENGUARD™ 930

two component high build amine adduct cured novolac phenolic epoxy primer

– primer coat in the Phenguard tankcoating system – excellent resistance to a wide range of organic acids, alcohols, edible oils,

fats (regardless of free fatty acid content) and solvents – maximum cargo flexibility – low cargo absorption – good resistance to hot water – recognized corrosion control coating (Lloyd's register), see sheet 1886 – good application properties, resulting in a smooth surface

offwhite – eggshell



14.195 lb/US gal (1.7 g/cm³) 66% ± 2% max. 191 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED) max. 315 g/l (approx. 2.6 lb/gal)(UK PG 6/23(92) Appendix 3)

Recommended dry film thickness 4 mils (100 µm) * Theoretical spreading rate 264 ft²/gal(us) (6.6 m²/l) @ 4 mils (100 µm) *

2 hours at 70°F (21°C) min. 36 hours * max. 21 days * see curing table * at least 12 months * see additional data

– steel; blast cleaned to at least SSPC SP-10 (ISO-Sa 2.5) and free from rust, scale, shop primer and any other contamination

– blasting profile 2 - 4 mils (50 - 100 µm) – the substrate must be perfectly dry before and during application of

Phenguard 930 – substrate temperature must be above 50°F/10°C and at least 5°F/3°C above dew

point during application and curing

eniram system sheet: 3141

sgnitaocknat system sheet:

3322

Description


COLORS AND GLOSS

BASIC DATA AT 70°F/21 °C


Touch dry after


Full cure after Shelf life (cool and dry place)


SYSTEM SPECIFICATION

page 1/4

July 2012

PHENGUARD 930


– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should preferably be above 60°F/15°C, otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity

– too much solvent results in reduced sag resistance and slower cure – thinner should be added after mixing the components

4 hours at 70°F/21°C * – allow induction time before use – 60°F/15°C - 20 min. – 70°F/21°C - 15 min. – 77°F/25°C - 10 min.

Recommended thinner Thinner 91-92Volume of thinner 0 - 10%, depending on required thickness and application conditionsNozzle orificeNozzle pressure 44 p.s.i. (= approx. 3 bar; 0.3 MPa)

Recommended thinner Thinner 91-92Volume of thinner 0 - 10%, depending on required thickness and application conditionsNozzle orificeNozzle pressure 2200 p.s.i. (= approx. 150 bar; 15 MPa)

only for spot repair and stripe coatingRecommended thinner Thinner 91-92Volume of thinner 0 - 5%

– Thinner 90-53


theoritical spreading rate ft²/US gal (m²/l)

dft in mils (µm) 5 (125)4 (100)

Maximum dft when brushing: 2.5 mils (60 µm)

Overcoating table for Phenguard 935


minimum interval 60 hours 48 hours 36 hours 24 hours 16 hours

maximum interval 28 days 25 days 21 days 14 days 7 days



Pot life Induction time

AIR SPRAY

AIRLESS SPRAY

BRUSH/ROLLER

CLEANING SOLVENT

0.070 in (2 mm)

approx. 0.017 - 0.021 in (= 0.46 - 0.53 mm)

264 (6.6) 216 (5.3)

50°F/10°C

60°F/15°C

70°F/21°C

85°F/29°C

105°F/ 40°C

page 2/4

July 2012

PHENGUARD 930

Curing table for Phenguard tankcoating system before transport of cargoes without note 4, 7, 8 or 11 and ballast water and tanktest with sea water substrate temperature Service

syad 41syad 41syad 01

7 days days 5

– minimum curing time of Phenguard tankcoating system before transport of cargoes with note 4, 7, 8 or 11: 3 months

– for detailed information on resistance and resistance notes, please refer to the latest issue of the Cargo Resistance List

– for transport of methanol and vinyl acetate monomer, a hot cure is required which cannot be substituted by a service period of 3 months with non-aggressive cargoes


– the performance of the applied system strongly depends on the curing degree of the first coat at time of recoating. Therefore overcoating time between 1st and 2nd coat is extended in comparison between 2nd and 3rd coat (see overcoating details)

– when used as a primer under solvent free tank-linings the dft must be limited to a maximum of 4 mils (100 µm)

Pot life (at application viscosity)sruoh 6 sruoh 4 ruoh 5.1


Curing


50°F /10°C70°F /21°C85°F /29°C

70°F /21°C

50°F /10°C60°F /15°C

85°F /29°C105°F /40°C



REFERENCES

page 3/4

July 2012

PHENGUARD 930




LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITYIN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.The information in this data sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specifi c inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPG’s knowledge, is reliable. The product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-user’s responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.

PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise).Variations in the application environment, changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.

This data sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyer’s responsibility to ensure that this data sheet is current prior to using the product. Current data sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com.The English text of this data sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.

PDS 7409

180706 offwhite 7001002200


– this is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

page 4/4

PHENGUARD and Sigma Coatings are trademarks of PPG Coatings Nederland B.V.

July 2012

4 pages Revision of March 2011

PHENGUARD™ 935

two component high build amine adduct cured novolac phenolic epoxy coating

– second coat in the Phenguard tankcoating system – excellent resistance to a wide range of organic acids, alcohols, edible oils,

fats (regardless of free fatty acid content) and solvents – maximum cargo flexibility – low cargo absorption – good resistance to hot water – recognized corrosion control coating (Lloyd's register), see sheet 1886 – good application properties, resulting in a smooth surface

pink – eggshell



14.195 lb/US gal (1.7 g/cm³) max. 191 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED) max. 315 g/l (approx. 2.6 lb/gal)


2 hours at 70°F/21 °C min. 24 hours * max. 21 days * see curing table * (data for components)


– previous coat of Phenguard 930; dry and free from any contamination – the substrate must be perfectly dry before and during application of

Phenguard 935 – substrate temperature must be above 50°F/10°C and at least 5°F/3°C above dew

point during application and curing

Description


COLORS AND GLOSS


Mass density VOC (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED) VOC (UK PG 6/23(92) appendix 3)

Touch dry after


Full cure after



eniram system sheet: 3141 sgnitaocknat system sheet: 3322


page 1/4

July 2012

PHENGUARD 935

mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 88 : 12 – the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should preferably be

above 60°F/15°C, otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity


4 hours at 70°F/21 °C *see additional data

– allow induction time before use – 60°F/15°C - 20 min. – 70°F/21°C - 15 min. – 77°F/25°C - 10 min.

Recommended thinner Thinner 91-92Volume of thinner 0 - 10%, depending on required thickness and application conditionsNozzle orificeNozzle pressure 44 p.s.i. (= approx. 3 bar; 0.3 MPa)


Recommended thinner Thinner 91-92Volume of thinner 0 - 5%

Thinner 90-53



Pot life

Induction time

AIR SPRAY

AIRLESS SPRAY

BRUSH/ROLLER

CLEANING SOLVENT

0.070 in (2 mm)

approx. 0.017 - 0.021 in (= 0.46 - 0.53 mm)


dft in mils (µm) 5 (125)4 (100)


50°F/10°C

60°F/15°C

70°F/21°C

85°F/29°C

105°F/ 40°C





–

surface should be dry and free from any contamination

page 2/4

July 2012

PHENGUARD 935

Min. curing time of Phenguard tankcoating system before transport of cargoes without note 4, 7, 8 or 11 and ballast water and tanktest with sea watersubstrate temperature Service








Curing



7 days days 5

70°F /21°C

50°F /10°C60°F /15°C

85°F /29°C105°F /40°C

sruoh 6 sruoh 4 ruoh 5.1

50°F /10°C70°F /21°C85°F /29°C



REFERENCES

page 3/4

July 2012

PHENGUARD 935



SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

PDS 7435179115 pink 6007002200







page 4/4


July 2012

4 pages Revision of March 2011

PHENGUARD™ 940

two component high build amine adduct cured novolac phenolic epoxy finish

– finish coat in the Phenguard tankcoating system – excellent resistance to a wide range of organic acids, alcohols, edible oils,

fats (regardless of free fatty acid content) and solvents – maximum cargo flexibility – low cargo absorption – good resistance to hot water – recognized corrosion control coating (Lloyd's register), see sheet 1886 – good application properties, resulting in a smooth surface – easy to clean

light grey – eggshell



14.195 lb/US gal (1.7 g/cm³) 66% ± 2% max. 191 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED) max. 315 g/l (approx. 2.6 lb/gal)


2 hours at 70°F/21 °C min. 24 hours * max. 21 days * see curing table * at 70°F/21 °C * see additional data


– previous coat of Phenguard 935; dry and free from any contamination – the substrate must be perfectly dry before and during application of

Phenguard 940 – substrate temperature must be above 50°F/10°C and at least 5°F/3°C above

dew point during application and curing

Description


COLORS AND GLOSS



Touch dry after


Full cure after



eniram system sheet: 3141 sgnitaocknat system sheet: 3322


page 1/4

July 2012

PHENGUARD 940

mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 88 : 12 – the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should preferably be

above 60°F/15°C, otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity


4 hours at 70°F/21 °C * *see additional data

– allow induction time before use

Recommended thinner Thinner 91-92Volume of thinner 0 - 10%, depending on required thickness and application conditionsNozzle orifice 0.070 in (2 mm) Nozzle pressure 44 p.s.i. (= approx. 3 bar; 0.3 MPa)


Recommended thinner Thinner 91-92Volume of thinner 0 - 5%

Thinner 90-53



Pot life

Induction time

AIR SPRAY

AIRLESS SPRAY

BRUSH/ROLLER

CLEANING SOLVENT

approx. 0.017 - 0.021 in (= 0.46 - 0.53 mm)


dft in mils (µm) 5 (125)4 (100)


– 60°F/15°C - 20 min. – 70°F/21°C - 15 min. – 77°F/25°C - 10 min.

50°F/10°C

60°F/15°C

70°F/21°C

85°F/29°C

105°F/ 40°C






page 2/4

July 2012

PHENGUARD 940

Min. curing time of Phenguard tankcoating system before transport of cargoes without note 4, 7, 8 or 11 and ballast water and tanktest with sea watersubstrate temperature Service








Curing



7 days days 5

70°F /21°C

50°F /10°C60°F /15°C

85°F /29°C105°F /40°C

sruoh 6 sruoh 4 ruoh 5.1

50°F /10°C70°F /21°C85°F /29°C



REFERENCES

page 3/4

July 2012

page 4/4

PHENGUARD 940



SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

PDS 7436179118 grey 5000002200








approx. 11.0 lbs/gal (1.3 g/cm³)

(1 lb/US gal = 0.12 g/cm³; 1 ft²/US gal = 0.0245 m²/l)BASIC DATA AT 70°F/21°C

5 pagesRevision of April 2009

gnitaoc yxope deruc enima eerf tnevlos tnenopmoc owt

– tank coating for crude oil/ballast and aliphatic petroleum productsretaw gniknird fo tropsnart dna egarots rof metsys gnitaoc sa elbatius osla –

slacimehc suoirav ot ecnatsiser doog – htiw sknat egarots dna spihs ,serutcurts leets rof noitcetorp taoc eno –

excellent corrosion resistance)1:06( tnempiuqe yarps sselria deef elgnis ytud yvaeh yb deilppa eb nac –

dna ksir noisolpxe decuder fi re hazard–roloc thgil ot eud ytilibisiv doog –

3577 teehs ees ,elbaliava si noisrev evitcudnoc a osla –ssalg deppohc htiw decrofnier eb nac fi bre or mat–

ees( metsys mottob knat eerf tnevlos decrofnier tamssalg rof noisrev raelc –system sheet 4144)

tsniaga ecnatsiser gninrecnoc E6554-C-liM fo stnemeriuqer eht steem –aircraft fuel and fuel degradation

ssolg - raelc ,etihwffo ,neerg

)tcudorp dexim rof atad(

%001 )DES ,CE/31/9991 evitceriD( gk/g 901 .xam

max. 1.2 lb/gal (approx. 143 g/l) 1141 teehs noitamrofni ees

12 - 24 mils (300 - 600 µm) depending on system134 ft²/gal (3.3 m²/l) for 12 mils (300 µm) *

sruoh 8 * sruoh 42 .nim * syad 02 .xam

* syad 5

)stnenopmoc rof atad(

shtnom 21 tsael ta atad lanoitidda ees *

NOITPIRCSED

SCITSIRETCARAHC LAPICNIRP

COLORS AND GLOSS

ytisned ssaM sdilos emuloV

)deilppus( COV

yrd dednemmoceR fi lm thickness etar gnidaerps laciteroehT

retfa yrd hcuoT lavretni gnitaocrevO

retfa eruc lluF

)ecalp yrd dna looc( efil flehS

SIGMAGUARD™ CSF 650

– steel; blast cleaned to SSPC SP10/NACE 2 (ISO-Sa2½), blasting profi le 2 - 4 mils (50 - 100 µm)suitable primer; SigmaGuard 260, SigmaCover 280, SigmaPrime series or –SigmaCover 522, depending on system requirementssubstrate temperature must be above 41°F (5°C) and at least 5°F (3°C) –above dew point during application and curing


excellent resistance to crude oil up to 140°F/ 60°C –

December 2012

page 1/5

SIGMAGUARD CSF 650

056 FSC drauGamgiS )mµ 003( slim 21 x 1 eniramor suitable primer (min. dft of 2 mils (50 µm)) + 1 x 12 mils (250 µm) SigmaGuard CSF 650


the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should preferably be above –70°F (21°C)at lower temperature the viscosity will be too high for spray application–no thinner should be added–for recommended application instructions: see working procedure–

none

approx. 1 hour at 70°F (21°C) ** see additional data

– use heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment preferably 60:1 pump ratio and suitable high pressure hosesin-line heating or insulated hoses may be necessary to avoid cooling down –of paint in hoses at low air temperatureapplication with 45:1 airless spray equipment is possible provided in-line –heated high pressure hoses are usedin case of using 45:1 airless spray equipment the paint must be heated to –approx. 85°F (29°C) in order to obtain the right application viscositylength of hoses should be as short as possible–

no thinner should be addedapprox. 0.021" - 0.025" inch (= 0.53 - 0.64 mm)at 70°F (21°C) (paint temperature) min. 4000 p.s.i. (= approx. 28 MPa or 280 bar)at 85°F (29°C) (paint temperature) min. 3000 p.s.i. (= approx. 22 MPa or 220 bar)

for stripe coating and spot repair onlyno thinner should be added

Thinner 90-83 (preferred) or Thinner 90-53



Induction time

Pot life

AIRLESS SPRAY

Recommended thinner Nozzle orifi ce Nozzle pressure

BRUSH/ROLLERRecommended thinner

CLEANING SOLVENT

all equipment used for application must be cleaned immediately after use–paint inside the spraying equipment must be removed before the pot life time –has been expired

for paint and recommended thinners see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheets

although this is a solvent free paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

no solvent present; however, spray mist is not harmless, a fresh air mask –should be used during sprayingventilation should be provided in confined spaces to maintain good visibility–

December 2012

page 2/5

SIGMAGUARD CSF 650


theoretical spreading rate ft²/gal (m²/l)

163 (4.0) 134 (3.3) 69 (1.7)

dft in mil (µm) 10 (250) 12 (300) 24 (600)

:gnihsurb nehw tfd .xam

measuring wet fi lm thicknessa deviation is often obtained between the measured apparent wft and the –real applied wftthis is due to the thixotropy and the surface tension of the paint which –retards the release of air trapped in the paint fi lm for some timerecommendation is to apply a WFT which is equal to the specified dft plus–2.4 mils (60 µm)

measuring dry fi lm thicknessbecause of low initial hardness the dft cannot be measured within some –days due to the penetration of the measuring device into the soft paint film the dft should be measured using a calibration foil of known thickness placed –in between the coating and the measuring device

ADDITIONAL DATA

Overcoating table for SigmaGuard CSF 650 for dft up to 12 mils (300 µm)

etartsbusflesti htiwtemperature

40°F(5°C)

50°F(10°C)

70°F(21°C)

85°F(29°C)

105°F(40°C)

minimuminterval


maximuminterval


surface should be dry and free from any contamination–

Curing table for dft up to 12 mils (300 µm)

substrate temperature dry to handle full cure

40°F (5°C) 60 hours 15 days50°F (10°C) 30 hours 7 days70°F (21°C) 16 hours 5 days85°F (29°C) 10 hours 3 days105°F (40°C) 8 hours 2 days

adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing –(please refer to sheets 1433 and 1434)

6 - 8 mils (150 - 200 µm)

December 2012

Curing

page 3/5

SIGMAGUARD CSF 650


.nim 06)C°12( F°07

.nim 54)C°92( F°58

.nim 52)C°04( F°501

due to exothermic reaction, temperature during and after mixing may increase –

Disclaimer for storage and transport of drinking water:SigmaGuard CSF 650 is approved for purpose in accordance with the –requirements of the relevant certifi cate (see sheet 1882)PPG Protective & Marine Coatings does not accept any responsibility or –liability for any odor, taste or contamination imparted to the drinking water from the coatings or products retained in the coating.

While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product on a worldwide basis, slight modifi cation of the product is sometimes necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.


Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 14110341 teehs noitamrofni ees snoitacidni ytefaS

Safety in confined spaces and health safetyExplosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490Specifi cation for mineral abrasives see information sheet 1491

REFERENCES

December 2012

page 4/5

December 2012

SIGMAGUARD CSF 650

PDS 7443179131 green 4000002200179511 clear 0000002200

WARRANTY PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPG’s specifications for such product in effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG.Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyer’s discovery of the claimed defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyer’s failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.


page 5/5

SIGMAGUARD and Sigma Coatings are trademarks of PPG Coatings Nederland B.V.

December 2012 4 pagesRevision of April 2009

gnitaoc yxope deruc tcudda enimaylop sdilos hgih decrofnier tnenopmoc owt

– tank coating with good chemical resistance against a wide range of chemicals

sdoirep gniruc trohs –gniruc erutarepmet wol doog –

naelc ot ysae –6881 teehs ees ,)retsiger s'dyolL( gnitaoc lortnoc noisorroc dezingoceR –

ssolg - yerg ,neerg thgil

)tcudorp dexim rof atad(

%2 ± 87 )DES ,CE/31/9991 evitceriD( gk/g 361 .xam

)lag/bl 9.1 .xorppa( l/g 332 .xam

* sruoh 8 .nim * syad 82 .xam

* elbat gniruc ees

)stnenopmoc rof atad(

shtnom 21 tsael ta atad lanoitidda ees *

– steel; blast cleaned to a minimum of SSPC SP-10 (ISO-Sa 2.5)

sufficiently roughened if dna noitanimatnoc yna morf eerf ,yrd ;taoc suoiverp –necessary

–

0233 :teehs metsys sgnitaocknat

NOITPIRCSED

SCITSIRETCARAHC LAPICNIRP

COLORS AND GLOSS

ytisned ssaM sdilos emuloV

)deilppus( COV

yrd dednemmoceR fi lm thickness etar gnidaerps laciteroehT

retfa yrd hcuoT lavretni gnitaocrevO

retfa eruc lluF

)ecalp yrd dna looc( efil flehS

DEDNEMMOCER SUBSTRATE CONDITIONSAND TEMPERATURES

NOITACIFICEPS METSYS

SIGMAGUARD™ 720

(1 lb/US gal = 0.12 g/cm³; 1 ft²/US gal = 0.0245 m²/l)BASIC DATA AT 70°F/20°C

11.68 lb/US gal (1.4 g/cm³)

5 mils (125 µm) * 250 ft²/gal(us) (6.2 m²/l) @ 5 mils (125 µm) *27 - 8 hours at 40°F/ 5°C, 5 - 6 hours at 50°F/ 10°C, 2 - 3 hours at 70°F/ 20°C

substrate temperature must be above 40°F/5°C and at least 5°F/3°C above dew point during application and curing

blasting profile 1.5 - 3.0 mils (40 - 75 µm)–

page 1/4

SIGMAGUARD 720


the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should preferably be above –60°F/15°C, otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity too much solvent results in reduced sag resistance and slower cure – thinner should be added after mixing the components –

allow induction time before use60°F/15°C - 15 min.70°F/21°C - 10 min.77°F/25°C - 5 min.

1.5 hours at 70°F/20°C * * see additional data

Thinner 91-92 up to 10% for a one coat application of 125 µm dft approx. 0.021 - 0.027 in (= 0.53 - 0.68 mm ) 2100 p.s.i. (= approx. 150 bar; 15 MPa)

Thinner 91-92 5 - 15% for a one coat application of 125 µm dft 0.070 in (1.8 - 2 mm) 43 - 57 p.s.i. (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 0.3 - 0.4 MPa)

not recommended, only for spot repair and stripe coating

Thinner 90-53


this is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist or vapor as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes


dft in mils (µm)



Induction time

Pot life

AIRLESS SPRAY Recommended thinner Volume of thinner Nozzle orifice Nozzle pressure

AIR SPRAY Recommended thinner Volume of thinner Nozzle orifice Nozzle pressure

BRUSH

CLEANING SOLVENT

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

ADDITIONAL DATA

4 mils (100 µm)

4 (100) 5 (125)


December 2012

page 2/4

SIGMAGUARD 720

SIGMAGUARD 720

Overcoating table for SigmaGuard 720 for dft up to 5 mils (125 µm)

substratetemperature

minimuminterval


maximuminterval


surface should be dry and free from any contamination–


substrate temperature min. curing time of SigmaGuard 720 tankcoating system before transport of

aliphatic petroleum products and ballast water and tanktest with sea water

cargoes without note 4, 7, 8 or 11

syad 71syad 017 days 14 days5 days 8 days3 days 5 days2.5 days 4 days1.5 day 3 days

minimum curing time of SigmaGuard 720 tankcoating system before –transport of cargoes with note 4, 7, 8 or 11: 3 monthsfor detailed information on resistance and resistance notes, please refer to –the latest issue of the Cargo Resistance Listadequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing –(please refer to sheets 1433 and 1434)


sruoh 3F/ 15°C°06ruoh 5.1C/ 21°C°07

ruoh 1F/ 25°C°77.nim 03F/ 30°C°58

While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product on a worldwide basis, slight modifi cation of the product is sometimes necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.


40°F/ 50°F/ 70°F/ 85°F/ 105°F/5°C 10°C 20°C 29°C 40°C

40°F /5°C50°F /10°C

70°F /21°C

105°F /40°C

60°F /15°C

85°F /30°C

December 2012

page 3/4

December 2012

SIGMAGUARD 720

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 14110341 teehs noitamrofni ees snoitacidni ytefaS

Safety in confi ned spaces and health safetyExplosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431Safe working in confi ned spaces see information sheet 1433Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490Specifi cation for mineral abrasives see information sheet 1491

PDS 7433179122 grey 5000002200180730 green 4000002200

REFERENCES

WARRANTY PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPG’s specifications for such product in effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person forinfringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG.Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyer’s discovery of the claimed defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyer’s failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.

LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPG’s knowledge, is reliable. The product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-user’s responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise).Variations in the application environment, changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyer’s responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to using the product. Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com.

The English text of this data sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.

page 4/4



DESCRIPTION Universal Phenolic Alkyd Primer

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – VOC Compliant <2.8 lb/ gal

– Corrosion inhibitive formula


– Can be topcoated in 2-4 hours

– Compliant with 40 CFR Part 63 subpart MMMM for new and existing facilities

– Unlimited recoatability

COLOR AND GLOSS Red Oxide, Off White, Gray

Flat



RecommendedDry film thickness (per coat) 2 - 3 mils (50-75 microns)


Components 1




Steel – Remove all rust, dirt, moisture, grease or other contaminants from the surface.Power tool clean in accordance with SSPC SP-3 or hand tool clean to SSPC SP-2requirements. Alternately, abrasive blast to SSPC SP-7 requirements. Abrasiveblasting to SSPC SP-6 or better is also allowable and will give the best possiblesystem performance.

Non-ferrous metals – Remove all rust, dirt, moisture, grease or other contaminants from the surface.Treat with conversion coatings or phosphatizing agents. Applicable over surfacetreatments such as MIL-C-5541. Alternately, lightly abrasive blast with fine abrasiveto produce a uniform and dense anchor profile of 1-3 mils in accordance with SSPCSP-16.

Galvanizing or Galvalume® – Remove oil or soap film with detergent or emulsion cleaner, then use a phosphatizingconversion coating.

Not recommended over chromate sealed galvanizing.






General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Ensure good ventila-tion during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting spraypatterns.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USEMixing Agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes until completely mixed.


Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070” fluid orifice. Separate air andfluid pressure regulators and a moisture and oil trap in the main air supply line arerecommended.

AMERCOAT® 185H

page 1/3


Thinner Amercoat 185H is typically used without thinning. If thinning is desired, use Amercoat 65(xylene) or Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90°F).

Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)Primers Direct to substrate, application over aged coatings that are cleaned and abraded

(a test patch is recommended)

Topcoats Amercoat 450-series polyurethanes, Amershield, PSX 700, Amercoat 229T, AmercoatEpoxies, Amerlock Epoxies, PSX 1001, PSX ONE, Amercoat 5400-Series Alkyds, 7-lineAlkyds



DRY/CURE TIMES*

* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relativehumidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures – not simply airtemperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heatedsurfaces. Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed.

PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS – Performance offset to Federal Standards TT-P-645, TT-P-664, and TT-P-1385

– MPI Category #76 – Quick drying alkyd metal primer

– IMO SOLAS approved per FTP code in a system with Amercoat 5420


Product codes AT185H-278 GrayAT185H-3 Off WhiteAT185H-724 Oxide Red



AMERCOAT 185H

page 2/3

50°F 70°F 90°F

Dry to touch 1.5 hours 30 minutes 20 minutes

Dry hard 3 hours 1 hour 45 minutes

Dry to recoat/topcoat 5 hours 2 hours 1.5 hours

Maximum recoat/ topcoat Unlimited

/3

AMERCOAT 185H








DESCRIPTION Alkyd Primer


– Excellent sprayability

– Resists corrosion

COLOR AND GLOSS Red Oxide, Off White, Gray

Flat



RecommendedDry film thickness (per coat) 2 – 3 mils; 50 – 75 microns


Components 1



Steel – Remove all rust, dirt, moisture, grease or other contaminants from the surface.Power tool clean in accordance with SSPC SP-3 or hand tool clean to SSPC SP-2requirements. Alternately, abrasive blast to SSPC SP-7 requirements. Abrasiveblasting to SSPC SP-6 or better is also allowable and will give the best possiblesystem performance. Achieve a blast profile of 1.0-2.5 mils. Avoid over-blasting aspin-point rusting may develop.

Non-ferrous metals – Remove all rust, dirt, moisture, grease or other contaminants from the surface.Lightly abrasive blast with fine abrasive to produce a uniform and dense anchorprofile of 1-2.5 mils in accordance with SSPC SP-16. Alternately, disc grind or powersand with a hard grit to achieve a uniform and dense profile (minimum of 1 mil).

Do not apply over galvanizing, zinc coatings, or concrete.








Airless spray 30:1 pump or larger, 0.013-0.017" fluid tip

Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice,Separate air and fluid pressure regulators and a moisture and oil trap in the main airsupply line are recommended.


Thinner Amercoat 5105 is typically used without thinning. If thinning is desired, use Amercoat 15(mineral spirits).

AMERCOAT® 5105

page 1/3

Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)Primers Direct to substrate, application over aged coatings that are cleaned and abraded

(a test patch is recommended)

Topcoats Amercoat 5400-series alkyds, 7-line alkydsSafety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material

safety data sheets


DRY/CURE TIMES

** Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relativehumidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures – not simply air tem-peratures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heated sur-faces. Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed

PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS – Performance offset to Federal Standards TT-P-645, TT-P-664, and TT-P-1385

– MPI Category #76 – Quick drying alkyd metal primer

– IMO SOLAS approved per FTP code in a system with Amercoat 5450


Product codes AT510523 Pearl Gray

AT51053 White

AT510572 Oxide Red



AMERCOAT 5105

page 2/3

50°F 70°F 90°F


Dry hard 12 hours 6 hours 4 hours



Maximum recoat / topcoat Unlimited

/3

AMERCOAT 5105








December 2012Revision of October 2012

DESCRIPTION Alkyd Shop Primer


– Excellent sprayability

– Resists corrosion

COLOR AND GLOSS Oxide Red, Gray

Flat





Components 1



Steel – Remove all rust, dirt, moisture, grease or other contaminants from the surface.Power tool clean in accordance with SSPC SP-3 or hand tool clean to SSPC SP-2requirements. Alternately, abrasive blast to SSPC SP-7 requirements. Abrasiveblasting to SSPC SP-6 or better is also allowable and will give the best possiblesystem performance. Achieve a blast profile of 1.0-2.0 mils. Avoid over-blasting aspin-point rusting may develop.

Non-ferrous metals – Remove all rust, dirt, moisture, grease or other contaminants from the surface.Lightly abrasive blast with fine abrasive to produce a uniform and dense anchorprofile of 1.0 – 2.0 mils in accordance with SSPC SP-16. Alternately, disc grind orpower sand with a hard grit to achieve a uniform and dense profile (minimum of 1 mil).

Do not apply over galvanizing, zinc coatings, or concrete.








Pre-mix with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to homogenize the container.


Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice, Separate air andfluid pressure regulators and a moisture and oil trap in the main air supply line arerecommended.

AMERCOAT® 5108

page 1/3


Thinner Amercoat 5108 is typically used without thinning. If thinning is desired, use Amercoat 15(mineral spirits).


Primers Direct to substrate, application over aged coatings that are cleaned and abraded(a test patch is recommended)

Topcoats Amercoat 5400-series alkyds, 7-line alkyds



DRY/CURE TIMES*

* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relativehumidity. Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed.


Product codes AT51082 GrayAT51087 Oxide Red




AMERCOAT 5108

page 2/3

50°F 70°F 90°F

Dry to touch 60 min. 40 min. 30 min.



Maximum recoat / topcoat unlimited

/3

AMERCOAT 5108







DESCRIPTION Water Based Inorganic Zinc Silicate Pre-Construction Primer

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Zero VOC formulation

– >65% zinc in dry film

– Provides outstanding corrosion resistance

– Early water resistance

– Suitable for high speed welding

– Provides protection for extended periods

COLOR* AND GLOSS Grey

Flat

BASIC DATAVolume solids 62% ± 4% (based on applied film, including porosity)


RecommendedDry film thickness (per coat) 0.5 – 0.7 mils (12.5 – 17.5 microns)

Higher film thickness is possible, however high speed welding performance is adverselyaffected by higher film thicknesses.

Theoretical Spread Rate @ 0.7 mils 1,420 ft2/gal

Components 2 (liquid, zinc powder)

Shelf Life Liquid and powder – 24 months from date of manufacture when stored indoors in theoriginal unopened container. Storage temperature should be 40-100°F and in dry conditions.


Steel – Round off all rough welds and sharp edges. Remove weld spatter. Abrasive blastwith an angular abrasive to SSPC SP-10 or higher with a 1.0-2.0 mil surface profile.Higher surface profiles up to 3.5 mils are acceptable, but the product must be appliedin a thickness great enough to achieve a minimum of 0.7 mils dry film thickness.

Apply DSP 3 as soon as possible after blasting to avoid rusting or other contamination.Do not wait more than 6 hours between blasting and coating. Maintain relativehumidity below 75% during blasting and prior to coating application. Do not leaveblasted steel uncoated overnight. Keep moisture, oil, grease, or other organicmatter off surface before coating. Take care not to touch blasted surfaces.

Secondary surface preparation prior to overcoatingAtmospheric service – Power wash with clean water to remove zinc salts, and other surface contaminants.

Allow to dry thoroughly. Power tool clean weld areas to SSPC SP-11 standards.

Immersion service – Power wash with clean water to remove alkaline salts formed during curing. Lightlysweep blast the surface and spot blast weld and burn back areas to an SSPC SP-10condition. Anti-corrosive system should have a minimum dry film thickness of 10 mils.




Relative humidity 85% maximum (curing times can double from 70% to 85% relative humidity.Low humidity conditions are favorable for water based inorganic zinc.)

Surface temperature 50°F to 130°F (10°C to 54°C) Surface temperature must be at least 5°F above the dewpoint temperature.

General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Ensure good ventila-tion during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting spraypatterns. Curing in stagnant air conditions will lead to a smooth, glazed finish that willrequire abrading prior to overcoating.

DSP 3

page 1/3

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USEMixing Only mix full kits. Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate

speeds to homogenize the container. Add powder component slowly under agitationuntil fully mixed. Strain the mixture from one container to another through a 30-60 meshfilter/strainer to remove any undispersed lumps.

Pot life

* Maintain agitation throughout application to prevent settling of the zinc.Airless spray Ensure equipment is completely clean and free of any solvent based thinners. Dedicated

airless equipment is highly recommended. WIWAModel # 34020 20:1 pump withintegral agitated feed tank. WIWA 500F spray gun. A 0.021 tip size is recommended.Use a 1/4" fluid line with a maximum of 50 feet. Avoid delays in spraying and recirculateor flush line as needed to prevent settling. Adjust pressure as needed. Flush thoroughlywith clean water immediately after use.

Air spray Ensure equipment is completely clean and free of any solvent based thinners. Industrialequipment such as DeVilbiss MBC 510 with a 64 air cap. Use a heavy mastic springand leather packing to avoid sticking and packing of the fluid needle and tip. A pressurepot with variable speed agitator, oil and water trap and separate air and fluid regulatorsshould be used. Instead of a pressure pot, a low pressure feed pump with recirculatinglines can be used. Limit fluid hose length to 50 feet. Promptly flush/clean with cleanwater after use.

Automatic spray An Accuspray HVLPAutomatic spray head model #55ZZ or equivalent is recommended.

Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle. Brush application is only recommended for smalltouch up and/or repair areas. Roller application is not recommended.

Repair Spot blast rusted areas in accordance with the surface preparation instructions beforetouching up with DSP 3.

Thinner Not normally necessary. If necessary, thin with clean water at a maximum of 2 ouncesper gallon.

Cleaning solvent clean water

Primers Direct to metal

Topcoats Amercoat epoxies, Pittguard epoxiesA mist coat / full coat application technique is required when topcoating to preventapplication bubbling. Lightly rub dry spray from the surface prior to overcoating.

Product can be specified as a single coat system in certain applications.


DRY/CURE TIMES DSP-3 @ 0.7 mils and maximum 70% relative humidity

* Surface must be clean and dry. Surface must be power washed as needed to remove all surface contaminantsincluding zinc salts and alkaline salts formed during the curing process. In all cases, it is necessary to rinsethe steel to remove alkaline salts prior to exterior storage. It is highly advisable to rinse the steel prior to top-coating when steel will be subject to ponding water or condensation from high humidity conditions in service.Rinsing should be done with clean water until the surface pH is 8 or lower as measured in several locations.Water rinsing can take place after the cure to water insolubility time is reached.If surface glaze develops during cure, it is necessary to abrade the surface prior to topcoating. All dry spraymust be removed from the surface by screening or light abrading.

DSP 3


DSP 3 16 hours 12 hours 8 hours

page 2/3

50°F 70°F 90°F

Dry to touch 10 minutes 2 minutes 1 minute

Dry to handle 35 minutes 6 minutes 2 minutes

Dry to recoat* 4 hours 1.5 hours 1 hour

Max recoat, self 48 hours 24 hours 12 hours

Maximum overcoat* Unlimited- see instructions below

Cure to water insolubility 12 hours 4 hours 2 hours

/3

DSP 3


Product codes DP3-A Liquid componentDP3-P Zinc Powder component


WARRANTY STATEMENTPPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPG’s specifications for such product ineffect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person forinfringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.

THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES ANDALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, UNDERSTATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMACOURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDINGWITHOUTLIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORAPARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG.








December 20125 pages Revision of July 2010

SIGMACOVER™ 280 US

two component polyamide cured epoxy primer

– general purpose epoxy primer in protective coating systems for steel and non ferrous metals good adhesion to steel and galvanised steel – good adhesion to non ferrous metals – good flow and wetting properties – good water and corrosion resistance – cures at temperatures down to 40°F (+5°C) – can be overcoated with most alkyd-, chlorinated rubber-, vinyl-, epoxy- and –two component polyurethane coatings suitable on wet blast cleaned substrates (damp or dry) – compatible with well designed cathodic protection systems – suitable for application to waterjetted surfaces –

green - eggshell

(1 lb/US gal = 0.12 g/cm³; 1 ft²/US gal = 0.0245 m²/l) (data for mixed product) approx. 11.0 lbs/gal (1.3 g/cm³) 70 ± 2% 2.5 lbs/gal (301 g/l) 3-5 mils (75 - 125 µm) depending on system and application method 1,122 ft²/gal at 1 mil (28 m²/l for 25 µm) 3 hours min. 8 hours (see tables)* max .2-3 months (see tables)* 5 days *

(data for components)

2 years from date of manufacture * see additional data

DESCRIPTION


COLORS AND GLOSS

BASIC DATA AT 70°F/ 21°C

Mass density Volume solids VOC (supplied) Recommended dry film thickness Theoretical spreading rate Touch dry after Overcoating interval

Full cure after


page 1/5

December 2012

SIGMACOVER 280 US

– for immersion exposure: steel or steel with not approved zinc silicate shop primer; blast cleaned to • SSPC-SP10, blast profile 2-4 mils (50 - 100 µm) steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; pretreated according to • SPSS-P7 (spot and sweep) or power wash to remove zinc salts and other contaminants. Refer to PPG technical service for specific information.

for atmospheric exposure conditions: – steel; pretreated preferably to SSPC-SP10 or SSPC-SP3 blast profile • 2-3 mils (50 - 75 µm) coated steel; hydrojetted to SSPC SP WJ-2 (L)• shop primed steel; pretreated to SSPC-SP3• galvanised steel; cleaned from grease, salts, contamination and • roughened up, preferebly blast cleaned to a 1.5 mils (37µm) profile

substrate temperature should be above 40°F (5°C) and at least 5°F (3°C) –above dew point during application and curing although tolerant to damp surfaces, optimum performance is achieved on –dry blast cleaned steel maximum relative humidity during application and curing is 85% –


the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should preferably be above –60°F (15°C), otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity too much solvent results in reduced sag resistance and slower cure – thinner should be added after mixing the components –

none

5 hours at 70°F (21°C) * * see additional data

Thinner 91-92 or Thinner T-10 0 - 5% for 3 mils ( 75 µm) dft 0.017 - 0.019 in (0.46 mm) 2100 p.s.i. (approx. 150 bar)

Thinner 91-92 or Thinner T-10 5 - 10%, depending on required thickness and application conditions 0.070 in (2 mm) 44 - 55 p.s.i. ( approx. 3-4 bar)

Thinner 91-92 or Thinner T-10 0 - 3%



Induction time

Pot life



BRUSH/ROLLER Recommended thinner Volume of thinner

coated steel; hydrojetted to SSPC SP WJ-2 (L) •

page 2/5

December 2012

SIGMACOVER 280 US

Thinner 90-53 or Amercoat 12




theoretical spreading rate ft²/gal 378 285 228

0.50.40.3slim ni tfd

05( slim 2:gnihsurb nehw tfd .xam µm)

Overcoating table for SigmaCover 280US for dft up to 3 mils ( 75 µm)

with various two pack epoxy coatings


40 °F (5°C)

50°F (10°C)

70°F (20°C)

85°F (30°C)

105°F (40°C)

minimum interval


maximum interval when not exposed to sunshine

3 months 3 months 3 months 2 months 1 month

maximum interval when exposed to direct sunshine

2 months 2 months 2 months 2 months 2 weeks

surface should be dry and free from any contamination –

Overcoating table for SigmaCover 280US for dft up to 3 mils ( 75 µm)

with SigmaDur and one component products such as acrylics and alkyds


40 °F (5°C)

50°F (10°C)

60°F (15°C)

70°F (20°C)

85°F (30°C)

105°F (40°C)

minimum interval

36 hours

16 hours

10 hours

8 hours

6 hours

4 hours

maximum interval

21 days 21 days 14 days 10 days 7 days 7 days


CLEANING SOLVENT

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

ADDITIONAL DATA

page 3/5

SIGMACOVER 280 US



touch dry dry to handle full cure

40 °F (5°C) 12 hours 16 hours 18 days50°F (10°C) 8 hours 11 hours 12 days70°F (20°C) 3 hours 7 hours 5 days85°F (30°C) 2 hours 3 hours 4 days

adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing –(please refer to sheets 1433 and 1434)


sruoh 7)C°01( F°05sruoh 5)C°02( F°07sruoh 3)C°03( F°58

ruoh 1)C°04( F°501

While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411 0341 teehs noitamrofni ees snoitacidni ytefaS Safety in confined spaces and health safetyExplosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431 Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433 Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434 Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490


REFERENCES

December 2012

page 4/5

SIGMACOVER 280 US

SCOVR 280 US GREEN 4009 KIT 6C1976945/5U (4 gallon Kit) 6C1976945/05 + 6C197281B/01

SCOVR 280 US GREEN 4009 KIT 6C1976955/1U (1 gallon Kit) 6C1976955/01 + 6C197282B/04

PDS 7417US

December 2012



page 5/5

SIGMACOVER and Sigma Coatings are trademarks of PPG Coatings Nederland B.V.

December 20124 pages Revision of September 2012

SIGMAGUARD™ 260

two component high build amine adduct cured novolac phenolic epoxy holding primer

– holding primer for SigmaGuard CSF 650, Novaguard 840 and Novaguard 890 can be applied and cures at temperatures down to +40°F/+5°C – good application properties, resulting in a smooth surface – good abrasion resistance –

pink - eggshell

(1 lb/US gal = 0.12 g/cm³; 1 ft²/US gal = 0.0245 m²/l) (data for mixed product) 14.195 lb/US gal (1.7 g/cm³) 68 ± 2% max. 194 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED) max. 328 g/l (approx. 2.7 lb/gal) 3 mils (75 µm) * 363 ft²/gal(us) (9.1 m²/l) @ 3 mils (75 µm) 2 - 3 hours at 70°F/20°C, 14 - 16 hours at 40°F/5°C min. 8 hours * max. 1 month * see curing table *



– steel; blast cleaned to at least SSPC SP-10 (ISO-Sa 2.5) and free from rust, scale,shop primer and any other contamination blasting profile 2 - 4 mils (50 - 100 µm) – the substrate must be perfectly dry before and during application of –SigmaGuard 260 substrate temperature must be above 40°F/5°C and at least 5°F/3°C above –dew point during application and curing

DESCRIPTION


COLORS AND GLOSS

BASIC DATA AT 70°F/20°C

Mass density Volume solids VOC (supplied) Recommended dry film thickness Theoretical spreading rate Touch dry after Overcoating interval

Full cure after



page 1/4

SIGMAGUARD 260


the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should preferably be above –60°F/15°C, otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity too much solvent results in reduced sag resistance and slower cure – thinner should be added after mixing the components –

allow induction time before use40°F/5°C - 20 min.50°F/10°C - 15 min.60°F/15°C - 10 min.

2 hours at 70°F/20°C * * see additional data

Thinner 91-92 5 - 10%, depending on required thickness and application conditions approx. 0.017 - 0.019 in (= 0.43 - 0.48 mm ) 2100 p.s.i. (= approx. 150 bar; 15 MPa)

Thinner 91-92 5 - 10%, depending on required thickness and application conditions 0.070 in (2 mm) 43 p.s.i. (= approx. 3 bar; 0.3 MPa)

only for spot repair and stripe coating Thinner 91-92 0 - 5%

Thinner 90-53




dft in mils (µm)



Induction time

Pot life



BRUSH Recommended thinner Volume of thinner

CLEANING SOLVENT

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

ADDITIONAL DATA

2.5 mils (60 µm)

3 (75) 4 (100)


December 2012

page 2/4

SIGMAGUARD 260

Overcoating table for SigmaGuard 260 for dft up to 3 mils (75 µm)

with SigmaGuard CSF 650, Novaguard 840 or Novaguard 890


minimum interval

maximum interval when not exposed to sunshine



substrate temperature dry to handle full cure

syad 01sruoh 0210 hours 7 days3 hours 5 days1 hour 3 days

adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing –(please refer to sheets 1433 and 1434) when used as a primer under solvent free tank-linings the dft must be limited –to a maximum of 4 mils (100 µm)


sruoh 8sruoh 6sruoh 4sruoh 2.nim 03

While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same product on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.


50°F /10°C

70°F /20°C60°F /15°C

40°F /5°C

104°F /40°C

40°F /5°C50°F /10°C70°F /20°C

104°F /40°C

24 hours 20 hours 14 hours 8 hours 5 hours 3 hours

2 months 2 months 2 months 1 month 1 month 1 month

40°F/ 50°F/ 60°F/ 70°F/ 86°F/ 104°F/5°C 10°C 15°C 20°C 30°C 40°C

0141 teehs noitamrofni ees slebat noisrevnoC Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

0341 teehs noitamrofni ees snoitacidni ytefaS

Safety in confined spaces and health safetyExplosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433

Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Specification for mineral abrasives see information sheet 1491

REFERENCES

December 2012

page 3/4

SIGMAGUARD 260

WARRANTY PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPG’s specifications for such product in effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person forinfringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG.Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyer’s discovery of the claimed defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyer’s failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.

LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPG’s knowledge, is reliable. The product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-user’s responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise).Variations in the application environment, changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyer’s responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to using the product. Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com.

The English text of this data sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.

PDS 7944241815 pink 6007002200



SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Relative humidity - substrate temperature -0561 teehs noitamrofni ees erutarepmet ria

REFERENCES (continued)

December 2012

page 4/4



DESCRIPTION Moisture curing, reduced zinc (ethyl) silicate preconstruction primer

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Suitable for automatic application on (shot) blasted steel plate– Fast drying properties– Good cutting and excellent welding properties, including MIG/MAG welding in various

positions (either automatic or manual welding)– Passed MIL-STD 248C welding test– Provides regular, smooth weld seams– Low fume release during welding and cutting– No adherence of weld spatter at surrounding primed surface– Excellent thermal stability minimizes heat damage during hot work procedures– Can be used as a first coat in various paint systems.– Suitable for seawater immersion in combination with controlled cathodic protection

systems.– Approved Lloyd's Register of Shipping, ABS and DNV for use as pre-construction

primer.– Health certificate from North of England Industrial Health Service– 38% zinc in dry film– NAVSEA approved for MIL-PRF-23236(D), Type VII, Class 8, Grade C– IMO PSPC approvals available

COLOR AND GLOSS Grey, Green, Redbrown — flat

BASIC DATA at 68°F (20°C)Mass density approximately 12.4 lbs/gal (1.5 g/cm3)

Solids content approximately 30% by volume

VOC (by EPA method 24) 5.1 lbs./gal (611 g/ltr)

Recommended

Dry film thickness 0.7 mils (17 µm)

Theoretical Spread Rate 687 ft2/gal @ 0.7 mils dft (57 m2/ltr for 17 µm)

Dry to handle 6 minutes a substrate temperature of 68°F (20°C)3 minutes a substrate temperature of 104°F (40°C)

Temperature resistance 1000°F (538°C)

Overcoating interval minimum — 3 daysmaximum — 6 monthslonger overcoating intervals can be permitted when primer is still in sound condition

Shelf life (cool and dry place) Binder: minimum 9 monthsPaste: minimum 24 months

Flash point Binder: 60°F (16°C)Paste: 57°F (14°C)

Package Data 4.755 gallon mixed kit:Binder: 3.17 gallonsPaste: 1.585 gallons

RECOMMENDED SUBSTRATECONDITIONS AND – Steel: blast cleaned to NACE No.2/SSPC-SP10 (Near White Metal)TEMPERATURES – Blasting profile(Rz); 1.6 – 2.8 mils (40 – 70 µm)

– On steel blasted to the above profile, the recommended dft of 0.7mils correspondsto 0.8 mils as measured on a smooth test panel

– Minimum thickness for a closed film is 0.6 mils measured on a smooth test panel.

SIGMAWELD™ 199 US

page 1/4

– Substrate temperature may be to maximum 104°F (40°C).– For automatic application a substrate temperature of 86°F (30°C) is recommended– The temperature of the substrate should be at least 5°F (3°C) above the dew point.– Relative humidity during curing should be above 40%

SECONDARY SURFACESURFACE PREPARATION – During storage and construction, contamination of the preconstruction primer

should be limited.

– After fabrication, surface defects should be treated according to the scheme below.– After fabrication, surface defects should be treated according to the scheme below.– Where two possible surface treatments are indicated, the choice of treatment is

dependent on the location and on the system to be applied. (See system sheets)– Ensure surface is free of dust prior to coating application.– The preferred pre-treatment for optional results shown; other possibilities are

indicated in brackets

Exposure conditions immersed atmospheric

Contamination to be removed to be removedWeldseams SSPC-SP10 SSPC-SP3

(SSPC-SP3)

Burned areas SSPC-SP10 SSPC-SP7(SSPC-SP3) SSPC-SP3

Damaged corroded areas SSPC-SP10 SSPC-SP7(SSPC-SP3) SSPC-SP3

White rust SSPC-SP3 SSPC-SP2(SCAP*) (SCAP*)

*Cleaning by silicon carbide impregnated abrasive pad.

Note: That the back of the welded plate may show discoloration (especially on platewhere fillets have been welded on). This is not to be confused with burned areas anddoes not require special treatment. Burned through areas may be present (this happensespecially when welding thin steel) and these should then be treated as per “burnedareas” above.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE – During storage and construction, contamination of the preconstruction primershould be limited.

– Mixing ratio by volume: 2:1 binder : paste– The temperature of the mixture of binder and paste should be above 60°F(16°C)– Stir the paste thoroughly using a mechanical mixer before adding the binder– Add gradually one third of the binder to the pigment paste.– Stir thoroughly until homogenous.– Add remaining binder and continue stirring until the mixture is homogenous.– Strain through a 30-60 mesh screen.– Mixed paint is ready for use.– Some addition of thinner 90-53, flashpoint 86°F( (30°C) might be necessary de-

pending on routing, line speed and steel temperature.– Agitate continuously during application.

Pot life 24 hours at 68°F (20°C)

Airless SprayTip size 0.017 – 0.021 inch (approximately 0.43 – 0.53 mm)Pressure 1400 – 1170 p.s.i. (approximately 80 – 12 MPa)

Thinner no thinner allowed

SIGMAWELD 199 US

page 2/4

/4

SIGMAWELD 199 US

Conventional SprayNozzle orifice approximately 0.070 inch (2 mm)Fluid pressure 43 p.s.i. (approximately 3 at 0.3 MPa)

Thinner no thinner allowed

Cleaning Solvent Thinner 90 – 53 [Flash point 86°F (30°C)]

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS This product is offered for sale and use only to PROFESSIONALLY TRAINEDINDUSTRIAL PERSONNEL. It is NOT FOR RESIDENTIAL USE. This product containsflammable solvents and/or other hazardous ingredients and must be used with caution.Observe all health and safety precautions as listed on the Material Safety Data Sheetduring storage and handling, application, drying and disposal. DO NOT ATTEMPT TOUSE THIS PRODUCT WITHOUT CONSULTING THE CURRENT “MATERIAL SAFETYDATA SHEET”. Material Safety Data Sheets are available from the Customer ServiceDepartment at SigmaKalon USA (713-355-3333).


REFERENCES Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confi ned spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Relative humidity - substrate temperature -

air temperature see information sheet 1650




/4

SIGMAWELD 199 US




Sigmaweld and Sigma Coatings are trademarks of PPG Coatings Nederland B.V.


DESCRIPTION Zinc Rich Epoxy Primer

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – >80% zinc in dry film


– Fast dry times for rapid topcoating

– Amercoat 861 accelerator can be used for low temperature curing


Reddish Gray, Green* Green color will be Made-To-Order.


VOC* 2.4 lbs/gal (288 g/L)

* For compliance with regulations which require <100 g/L, Amercoat 68HS VOC can be specified interchangeably.



Components 3


Shelf Life Base and Hardener – 3 years from date of manufactureZinc Powder – 2 years from date of manufacture* when stored in original sealed containers in dry conditions between 40-100°F

SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. All previouscoats must dry and free of contaminants.

Steel – Abrasive blast to SSPC SP-6 or higher with a 1.0 – 3.0 mils surface profile. Highersurface profiles up to 5 mils are acceptable, but the product must be applied in athickness great enough to achieve a minimum of 2.5 mils dry film thickness.

Apply Amercoat 68HS as soon as possible to prevent the blasted surface fromrusting. Keep moisture, oil, grease, or other organic matter off surface before coating.


ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONSAmbient temperatures Amercoat 68HS

32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C)Product can be applied without accelerator at surface and air temperatures down to 40°F. Material temperaturemust be maintained at 60 to 90°F at the time of application for application below 50°F. Due to the long curing timeat this temperatures when accelerator is not used, it is recommended that temperatures above 50°F are expectedwithin 12 hours of application. Coated surfaces should be protected from moisture until dry through time is reached.




Surface temperature Amercoat 68HS40°F to 120°F (5°C to 49°C)

With Amercoat 861 Accelerator32°F to 100°F (0°C to 36ºC)

Surface temperature must be at least 5°F above the dew point temperature. Extremecaution should be taken to ensure there is no ice on the surface in cold weather.

AMERCOAT® 68HS

page 1/3


INSTRUCTIONS FOR USEMixing Only mix full kits.

Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to homogenizethe container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes untilcompletely dispersed. Add powder component slowly under agitation until fully mixed.Strain the mixture from one container to another through a 30 mesh filter/strainer toremove any undispersed lumps.

Pot life

Airless spray 45:1 pump or larger, 0.017 fluid tip

Air spray Thin up to 10%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice. A moisture and oiltrap in the main line is recommended. Separate regulators for air and fluid pressure arerecommended.

Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle. Brush application is only recommended for smalltouch up and/or repair areas. Roller application is not recommended. Ensure brush iswell loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary to achieveadequate film build.

Thinner Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90°F),Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)Primers Direct to metal, can be used to touch up inorganic zincs such as Dimetcote 9-Series.Topcoats Amershield, PSX 700, Amercoat 450H, Amerlock 2/400, Amercoat 385, Amercoat 370,

Amercoat Epoxies, Pittguard Epoxies, Durathane DTM, Pitthane UltraSafety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material

safety data sheets


DRY/CURE TIMES* Amercoat 68HS @ 3 mils dft

* With force cure capabilities (oven temperatures of 140-180°F), product can be overcoated after 5-15 minutes.Allow 5-10 minutes flash off prior to heating past 120°F. Addition of Amercoat 861 accelerator is recommendedfor this procedure.

Amercoat 68HS with 861 Accelerator @ 3 mils dft

** Surface must be power washed as needed to remove all surface contaminants including zinc salts. Surfacemust be clean and dry.

AMERCOAT 68HS

page 2/3


Amercoat 68HS 24 hours 16 hours 8 hours

Amercoat 68HS with861 accelerator 16 hours 9 hours 5 hours

40°F 50°F 70°F 90°F

Dry to touch 6 hours 1 hour 30 minutes 15 minutes


Dry to overcoat* 36 hours 6 hours 2 hours 1 hour

Maximum overcoat Unlimited**

32°F 50°F 70°F 90°F

Dry to touch 2 hours 30 minutes 20 minutes 10 minutes


Dry to overcoat 24 hours 4 hours 1.5 hours 45 minutes


/3

AMERCOAT 68HS

PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS – SSPC Paint 20, Type II , Level 2

– RCSC Class B Slip Coefficient for High Strength Bolted Connections

– Zinc Dust meets ASTM D520 Level 3 standards

AVAILABILITYPackaging* Available in 1-gallon, 4-gallon and 5-gallon** units

* Do not mix components of different kit sizes.** 5- gallon units are to be discontinued Jan 2013

Product codes AT68HS-A Reddish Gray Base componentAT68HS-5 Green Base componentAT68HS-B Hardener componentAT68HS-P Zinc Powder component








Component 1-gallon kit Codes 4-gallon kit Codes 5-gallon kit Codes

Reddish Gray Basecomponent

AT68HS-A/01 AT68HS-A4G/05 AT68HS-A/05

Green Base component AT68HS-5/01 AT68HS-5/05

Hardener component AT68HS-B/04 AT68HS-B4G/01 AT68HS-B/01

Zinc Powder component AT68HS-P/01 AT68HS-P4G/05 AT68HS-P/05


April 2013Revision of November 2012

DESCRIPTION Low VOC, Zinc Rich Epoxy Primer

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Contains 85% zinc in the dry film



– Amercoat 861 accelerator can be used for low temperature curing

– Complaint with California SCAQMD Rule 1113

COLOR* AND GLOSS Flat

Reddish Gray





Components 3 (base, hardener, zinc powder)


SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. Allprevious coats must dry and free of contaminants.

Steel – Abrasive blast to SSPC SP-6 or higher with a 1.0-3.0 mil surface profile. Highersurface profiles up to 5 mils are acceptable, but the product must be applied in athickness great enough to achieve a minimum of 2.5 mils dry film thickness.

Apply Amercoat 68HSVOC as soon as possible to prevent the blasted surface fromrusting. Keep moisture, oil, grease, or other organic matter off surface before coating.


ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONSAmbient temperatures Amercoat 68HS VOC

50°F to 120°F (10°C to 49°C)Product can be applied without accelerator at surface and air temperatures down to 40°F. Material temperaturemust be maintained at 60 to 90°F at the time of application. Due to the long curing time at this temperatures whenaccelerator is not used, it is recommended that temperatures above 50°F are expected within 12 hours of application.Coated surfaces should be protected from moisture until dry through time is reached.

With Amercoat 861 Accelerator32° to 100°F (0°C to 36ºC)





With Amercoat 861 Accelerator32°F to 100°F (0°C to 36ºC)



AMERCOAT® 68HS VOC

page 1/3


Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to homogenizethe container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes untilcompletely dispersed. Add powder component slowly under agitation until fully mixed.Strain the mixture from one container to another through a 30 mesh filter/strainer to removeany undispersed lumps.

Pot life


Air spray Thin up to 10%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice. A moisture and oiltrap in the main line is recommended. Separate regulators for air and fluid pressure arerecommended.

Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle. Brush application is only recommended for smalltouch up and/or repair areas. Roller application is not recommended. Ensure brush iswell loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary to achieve ade-quate film build.

Thinner 97-739 (exempt thinner), Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90°F),

Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12, 12E, or 12V Cleaner, 65 thinner, 97-739 thinner

Primers Direct to metal, can be used to touch up inorganic zincs such as Dimetcote 9-series.

Topcoats Amershield VOC, PSX 700, Amercoat 450H, Amerlock 2/400 VOC, Amercoat 385,Amercoat 370, Pitthane Series Urethanes, Pittguard Epoxies



DRY/CURE TIMES* Amercoat 68HS VOC @ 3 mils dft

* With force cure capabilities (oven temperatures of 140-180°F), product can be overcoated after 5-15 minutes.Allow 5-10 minutes flash off prior to heating past 120°F. Addition of Amercoat 861 accelerator is recommendedfor this procedure.

Amercoat 68HS VOC with 861 Accelerator @ 3 mils dft


AMERCOAT 68HS VOC

page 2/3


Amercoat 68HS VOC 24 hours 16 hours 8 hours

Amercoat 68HS VOCwith 861 accelerator


40°F 50°F 70°F 90°F

Dry to touch 6 hours 1 hours 30 minutes 15 minutes


Dry to overcoat* 36 hours 6 hours 2 hours 1 hour


32°F 50°F 70°F 90°F



Dry to overcoat 24 hours 4 hours 1.5 hours 45 minutes


/3

AMERCOAT 68HS VOC




Product codes AT68HSV-A Base componentAT68HSV-B Hardener componentAT68HSV-P Zinc Powder component










DESCRIPTION Moisture Cure Urethane Zinc Primer


– 2.8 lb/gal VOC Compliant


– NSF approved for potable water storage

COLOR AND GLOSS Red, Green

Flat





Components 2



Steel – Abrasive blast to SSPC SP-6 or higher with a 1.0 – 3.0 mils surface profile. Highersurface profiles up to 4 mils are acceptable, but the product must be applied in athickness great enough to achieve a minimum of 2.5 mils dry film thickness (abovethe peaks of the profile). Immersion service requires a preparation of SSPC SP-10.

– Apply Amercoat 68MCZ as soon as possible to prevent the blasted surface fromrusting. Keep moisture, oil, grease, or other organic matter off surface before coating.

– For touch up and repair, power tool cleaning in accordance with SSPC SP-11 isacceptable.



Relative humidity 40% to 90%



INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE** see page 2 for NSF application requirements

Mixing ratio by volume Only mix full kits.

Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to homoge-nize the container. Add powder component slowly under agitation until fully mixed.Strain the mixture from one container to another through a 30 mesh filter/strainer toremove any undispersed lumps.

AMERCOAT® 68MCZ

page 1/3

Pot life


Air spray Thin up to 10%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice. A moisture and oiltrap in the main line is recommended. Separate regulators for air and fluid pressure arerecommended

Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle. Brush application is only recommended for smalltouch up and/or repair areas. Roller application is not recommended. Ensure brush iswell loaded to avoid air entrainment.

Thinner Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90°F)



Topcoats Amershield, PSX 700, Amercoat 450H, Amerlock 2/400, Amercoat 385, Amercoat 370,Durathane DTM, Pitthane Ultra, PSX ONE



DRY/CURE TIMES* Amercoat 68MCZ @ 3 mils dft and 50% R.H.

NSF Application Criteriafor Potable Water* Amercoat 68MCZ @ 3 mils dft and 50% R.H.

* Please reference the up-to-date listing at http://ppgamercoatus.ppgpmc.com/NSF/




– ANSI / NSF 61 for potable water tanks >500,000 gallons


Product codes AT68MCZ-5 Green Base componentAT68MCZ-7 Red Base componentAT68MCZ-P Zinc Powder component

AMERCOAT 68MCZ

page 2/3

40°F 50°F 70°F 90°F

Dry to touch 9 hours 3 hours 1.5 hours 45 minutes

Dry to handle 24 hours 8 hours 4 hours 2.5 hours


Maximum overcoat 6 months

Number of Coats 1

Maximum dry film thickness 4 mils

Maximum thinner None

Final Cure time 7 days at 75°F

Qualified topcoats Amerlock 2

Minimum tank size 500,000 gallons


Amercoat 68MCZ 12 hours 6 hours 3 hours

/3

AMERCOAT 68MCZ










DESCRIPTION Inorganic Zinc Silicate Primer




– Resistant to dry film temperatures of up to 750°F

– Recommended for ISO 12944 C5I and C5M Conditions

COLOR AND GLOSS Green

Flat



* For compliance with regulations which require < 420 g/L, Dimetcote 9VOC can be specified interchangeably.For compliance with regulations which require <340 g/L, Dimetcote 9H can be specified interchangeably.


* Applications up to 6 mils are acceptable with random spot readings up to 8 mils. For high temperature applica-tions, a maximum of 3 mils is allowed.



Dry Temperature Resistance Continuous — 750°FColor will drift at elevated temperatures.

Shelf Life Liquid and Powder – 18 months from date of manufacture when stored indoors in theoriginal unopened container. Storage temperature should be 40-100°F and in dry conditions.



Apply Dimetcote 9 as soon as possible to prevent the blasted surface from rusting.Keep moisture, oil, grease, or other organic matter off surface before coating.





Relative humidity 50% minimum* Work area can be artificially humidified by atomized water spray and/or ponding water under the coated

structures. After the film is dry-to-touch, a fine mist may be applied over the coating to expedite curing in lowhumidity environments.

Surface temperature 0°F to 130°F (-18°C to 54°C)Surface temperature must be at least 5°F above the dew point temperature.


DIMETCOTE® 9

page 1/3


Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to homogenizethe container. Add powder component slowly under agitation until fully mixed. Strain themixture from one container to another through a 30 mesh filter/strainer to remove anyundispersed lumps.

Pot life*

* Maintain agitation throughout application to prevent settling of the zinc. Protect product from moisturecontamination

Airless spray Standard airless spray equipment, 30:1 pump or larger, 0.019 – 0.023, reversible fluidtip recommended

Air spray Thin up to 8%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070” fluid orifice. A moisture and oiltrap in the main line is recommended. Separate regulators for air and fluid pressure arerecommended. Use an agitated pressure pot. Limit fluid hose length to 50 feet.


Repair When dry though, measure the dry film thickness. If film thickness is lower thanspecified, additional material can be applied up 24 hours from the previous application.Thin the second coat with Amercoat 101 thinner or Amercoat 930 thinner. Ensure anydry spray is removed.

For aged inorganic zinc coatings, spot blast rusted areas in accordance with the surfacepreparation instructions before touching up with Dimetcote 9. When blasting is notpractical, Amercoat 68HS or Dimetcote 302H may be used for repair.

Thinner Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 60°F), Amercoat 930 (recom-mended for applications > 80°F or when dry spray is a problem)



Topcoats PSX 700, Amerlock 2/400, Amercoat 385, Amercoat 370, othersA mist coat / full coat application technique is required when topcoating to preventapplication bubbling. Ensure dry spray is removed from the surface.

Product can be un-topcoated in certain applications.



DRY/CURE TIMES Dimetcote 9 @ 3 mils dft and 50% relative humidity

* A MEK rub resistance rating of 4 or higher, indicates the film has cured sufficiently for topcoating.


PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS – SSPC Paint 20, Type IC , Level 1



– AASHTO M300

– Nuclear Qualified version available

DIMETCOTE 9

page 2/3


Dimetcote 9 72 hours 24 hours 12 hours

32°F 50°F 70°F 90°F

Dry to touch 45 minutes 25 minutes 15 minutes 10 minutes

Dry to handle 1 hours 35 minutes 20 minutes 15 minutes



/3

DIMETCOTE 9


Product codes DI9-A Liquid componentDI9-P Zinc Powder component








Amercoat and Dimetcote are registered trademarks of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.

January 2013Revision of November 2012

DESCRIPTION Low VOC, Inorganic Zinc Silicate Primer

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – High level of zinc in dry film

– VOC compliant for <420 g/L requirements






Green



* For compliance with regulations which require <340 g/L, Dimetcote 9H can be specified interchangeably.


* Applications up to 6 mils are acceptable with random spot readings up to 8 mils. For high temperatureapplications, a maximum of 3 mils is allowed.




Shelf Life Liquid – 10 months from date of manufacture when stored indoors in the original unopenedcontainer. Storage temperature should be 40-100°F and in dry conditions.

Powder – 24 months for date of manufacture.



Apply Dimetcote 9VOC as soon as possible to prevent the blasted surface from rusting.Keep moisture, oil, grease, or other organic matter off surface before coating.





Relative humidity 50% minimum* Work area can be artificially humidified by atomized water spray and/or ponding water under the coatedstructures. After the film is dry-to-touch, a fine mist may be applied over the coating to expedite curing in lowhumidity environments.



DIMETCOTE® 9VOC

page 1/3


Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to homogenizethe container. Add powder component slowly under agitation until fully mixed. Strain themixture from one container to another through a 30 mesh filter/strainer to remove anyundispersed lumps.

Pot life*

* Maintain agitation throughout application to prevent settling of the zinc. Protect product from moisturecontamination

Airless spray Standard airless spray equipment, 30:1 pump or larger, 0.019 – 0.023, reversible fluidtip recommended

Air spray Thin up to 8%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice. A moisture and oiltrap in the main line is required. Separate regulators for air and fluid pressure arerecommended. Use an agitated pressure pot. Limit fluid hose length to 50 feet.


Repair When dry though, measure the dry film thickness. If film thickness is lower thanspecified, additional material can be applied up 24 hours from the previous application.Thin the second coat with Amercoat 101 thinner or Amercoat 930 thinner. Ensure anydry spray is removed.

For aged inorganic zinc coatings, spot blast rusted areas in accordance with the surfacepreparation instructions before touching up with Dimetcote 9VOC. When blasting is notpractical, Amercoat 68HS or Dimetcote 302H may be used for repair.

Thinner Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 60°F), Amercoat 930 (recom-mended for applications > 80°F or when dry spray is a problem)

Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)Primers Direct to metal

Topcoats PSX 700, Amerlock 2/400, Amercoat 385, Amercoat 370, othersA mist coat / full coat application technique is required when topcoating to preventapplication bubbling. Ensure dry spray is removed from the surface.




DRY/CURE TIMES Dimetcote 9VOC @ 3 mils dft and 50% relative humidity

* To confirm cure to topcoat, conduct a MEK rub test per ASTM D4752. A rating of 4 or higher is sufficient fortopcoating


DIMETCOTE 9VOC

page 2/3


Dimetcote 9VOC 16 hours 12 hours 8 hours

40°F 50°F 70°F 90°F


Dry to handle 75 minutes 50 minutes 25 minutes 10 minutes



/3

DIMETCOTE 9VOC




– AASHTO M300

AVAILABILITYPackaging Available in 0.85-gallon and 4.25-gallon kits

Product codes DI9V-A Liquid componentDI9-P Zinc Powder component










DESCRIPTION Inorganic Zinc Silicate Primer


– VOC compliant for <340 g/L requirements






Green




* Applications up to 6 mils are acceptable with random spot readings up to 8 mils. For high temperatureapplications, a maximum of 3 mils is allowed.


Components 3 (liquid, activator, zinc powder)


Shelf Life Liquid and activator – 10 months from date of manufacture when stored indoors in theoriginal unopened container. Storage temperature should be 40-100 °F and indry conditions.

Powder – 24 months from date of manufacture when stored indoors in the originalunopened container.



Apply Dimetcote 9H as soon as possible to prevent the blasted surface from rust-ing. Keep moisture, oil, grease, or other organic matter off surface before coating.





Relative humidity 50% minimum* Work area can be artificially humidified by atomized water spray and/or ponding water under the coated

structures. After the film is dry-to-touch, a fine mist may be applied over the coating to expedite curing in lowhumidity environments



DIMETCOTE® 9H

page 1/3

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USEMixing Only mix full kits. Liquid, powder, and activator are packaged in the correct proportions

which, when mixed together, yield 0.68 gallons or 3.4 gallons of Dimetcote 9H.Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to homogenizethe container. Pour in the activator component. Add powder component slowly underagitation until fully mixed. Strain the mixture from one container to another through a 30mesh filter/strainer to remove any undispersed lumps.

Pot life*

* Maintain agitation throughout application to prevent settling of the zinc. Protect product from moisturecontamination.

Airless spray Standard airless spray equipment, 30:1 pump or larger,0.019 – 0.023, reversible fluid tip recommended

Air spray Thin up to 8%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice. A moisture and oiltrap in the main line is required. Separate regulators for air and fluid pressure arerecommended. Use an agitated pressure pot. Limit fluid hose length to 50 feet.


Repair When dry though, measure the dry film thickness. If film thickness is lower than specified,additional material can be applied up 24 hours from the previous application. Thin thesecond coat with Amercoat 101 thinner or Amercoat 930 thinner. Ensure any dry sprayis removed.

For aged inorganic zinc coatings, spot blast rusted areas in accordance with the surfacepreparation instructions before touching up with Dimetcote 9H. When blasting is notpractical, Amercoat 68HS or Dimetcote 302H may be used for repair.

Thinner Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 60°F), Amercoat 930(recommended for applications > 80°F or when dry spray is a problem)

Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)Primers Direct to metal

Topcoats PSX 700, Amerlock 2/400, Amercoat 385, Amercoat 370, Amercoat 399, Amercoat 435A mist coat / full coat application technique is required when topcoating to preventapplication bubbling. Ensure dry spray is removed from the surface.




DRY/CURE TIMES Dimetcote 9H @ 3 mils dft and 50% relative humidity

* A MEK rub resistance test according to ASTM D4752 can be performed to confirm cure to topcoat. A rating of4 or higher indicates sufficient cures.A minimum rating of 3 should be obtained prior to overcoating.


DIMETCOTE 9H

page 2/3


Dimetcote 9H 12 hours 8 hours 6 hours

40°F 50°F 70°F 90°F


Dry to handle 70 minutes 40 minutes 20 minutes 10 minutes



/3

DIMETCOTE 9H




– AASHTO M300

AVAILABILITYPackaging Available in 0.67-gallon and 3.4-gallon kits

Product codes DI9H-A Liquid componentDI9H-B Activator componentDI9-P Zinc Powder component










DESCRIPTION Water Based Inorganic Zinc Silicate Primer

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Zero VOC formulation

– >85% zinc in dry film






Flat




* Applications up to 6 mils are acceptable with random spot readings up to 9 mils. For high temperatureapplications, a maximum of 3 mils is allowed

Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mils 1,010 ft2/gallon@ 3 mils dft 336 ft2 / gallon



Shelf Life Liquid and powder – 24 months from date of manufacture when stored indoors in theoriginal unopened container. Storage temperature should be 40-100°F and in dryconditions.


Steel – Round off all rough welds and sharp edges. Remove weld spatter. Abrasive blastwith an angular abrasive to SSPC SP-10 or higher with a 1.0-3.0 mil surface profile.Higher surface profiles up to 5 mils are acceptable, but the product must be appliedin a thickness great enough to achieve a minimum of 2.5 mils dry film thickness.

Apply Dimetcote 21-5 as soon as possible after blasting to avoid rusting or othercontamination. Do not wait more than 6 hours between blasting and coating.Maintain relative humidity below 75% during blasting and prior to coating application.Do not leave blasted steel uncoated overnight. Keep moisture, oil, grease, or otherorganic matter off surface before coating. Take care not to touch blasted surfaces.



Relative humidity 85% maximum (curing times can double from 70% to 85% relative humidity. Low humidityconditions are favorable for water based inorganic zinc.)


General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Ensure good ventilationduring application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting spray patterns.Curing in stagnant air conditions will lead to a smooth, glazed finish that will requireabrading prior to overcoating.

DIMETCOTE® 21-5

page 1/4

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USEMixing Only mix full kits. Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate

speeds to homogenize the container. Add powder component slowly under agitationuntil fully mixed. Strain the mixture from one container to another through a 30 meshfilter/strainer to remove any undispersed lumps.

Pot life

* Maintain agitation throughout application to prevent settling of the zinc. Protect product from moisture contami-nation

Airless spray Ensure equipment is completely clean and free of any solvent based thinners. Dedicatedairless equipment is highly recommended. WIWAModel # 34020 20:1 pump with integralagitated feed tank. WIWA 500F spray gun. A 0.021 tip size is recommended. Use a 1/4"fluid line with a maximum of 50 feet. Avoid delays in spraying and recirculate or flushline as needed to prevent settling. Adjust pressure as needed. Flush thoroughly withclean water immediately after use.

Air spray Ensure equipment is completely clean and free of any solvent based thinners. Industrialequipment such as DeVilbiss MBC 510 with a 64 air cap. Use a heavy mastic springand leather packing to avoid sticking and packing of the fluid needle and tip. A pressurepot with variable speed agitator, oil and water trap and separate air and fluid regulatorsshould be used. Instead of a pressure pot, a low pressure feed pump with recirculatinglines can be used. Limit fluid hose length to 50 feet. Promptly flush/clean with cleanwater after use.


Repair When dry though, measure the dry film thickness. If film thickness is lower than speci-fied, apply additional material as soon as possible, but not to exceed 24 hours from theprevious application. Ensure any dry spray is removed.

For aged inorganic zinc coatings, spot blast rusted areas in accordance with the surfacepreparation instructions before touching up with Dimetcote 21-5. When blasting is notpractical, Amercoat 68HS or Dimetcote 302H may be used for repair.

Thinner Not normally necessary. If necessary, thin with clean water at a maximum of 2 ouncesper gallon.

Cleaning solvent clean water


Topcoats PSX 700, Amerlock 2/400 or 2VOC/400VOC, Amercoat 385, Amercoat 370, Amercoatepoxies, Amercoat 741A mist coat / full coat application technique is required when topcoating to preventapplication bubbling. Lightly rub dry spray from the surface prior to overcoating.

Product can be specified as a single coat system in certain applications.



DIMETCOTE 21-5


Dimetcote 21-5 12 hours 8 hours 5 hours

page 2/4

/4

DIMETCOTE 21-5

DRY/CURE TIMES Dimetcote 21-5 @ maximum 70% relative humidity

* Surface must be clean and dry. Surface must be power washed as needed to remove all surface contaminantsincluding zinc salts and alkaline salts formed during the curing process. In all cases, it is necessary to rinse thesteel to remove alkaline salts prior to exterior storage. It is highly advisable to rinse the steel prior to topcoat-ing when steel will be subject to ponding water or condensation from high humidity conditions in service.should be done with clean water until the surface pH is 8 or lower as measured in several locations.If surface glaze develops during cure, it is necessary to abrade the surface prior to topcoating. All dry spraymust be removed from the surface by screening or light abrading.

** Cure to non-immersion water contact indicates the degree of curing that allows for rinsing with water to re-move alkaline salts. Steel should be allowed to dry thoroughly after rinsing.




– AASHTO M300


Product codes DI2154-A Liquid component

DI2154-P Zinc Powder component


40°F 50°F 70°F 90°F

Dry to touch – 3mils 5 minutes 4 minutes 3 minutes 2 minutes

Dry to handle – 3 mils 22 minutes 13 minutes 6 minutes 3 minutes

Dry to recoat* (self) 3 mils 22 minutes 13 minutes 6 minutes 3 minutes

Dry to topcoat* – 3 mils 72 hours 48 hours 24 hours 12 hours



Non-immersionwater contact ** – 3 mils

72 hours 48 hours 24 hours 12 hours


5 days 72 hours 36 hours 24 hours


7.5 days 5 days 72 hours 36 hours

Cure to solventsplash & spill – 3 mils






Maximum overcoat Unlimited*

/4







DIMETCOTE 21-5



DESCRIPTION Reinforced Inorganic Zinc Primer

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Provides outstanding corrosion resistance


– Low VOC

– Excellent corrosion resistance from unique formulation


Green





Components 2





Apply Dimetcote 302H as soon as possible to prevent the blasted surface fromrusting. Keep moisture, oil, grease, or other organic matter off surface before coating.









9 parts base : 1 part hardener by volumePre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to homogenizethe container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes untilcompletely dispersed. Strain the mixture from one container to another through a 30 meshfilter/strainer to remove any undispersed lumps.

Pot life

DIMETCOTE® 302H

page 1/3


Dimetcote 302H 16 hours 8 hours 4 hours


Air spray Thin up to 10%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice . A moisture andoil trap in the main line is recommended. Separate regulators for air and fluid pressureare recommended.

Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle. Brush application is only recommended for smalltouch up and/or repair areas. Roller application is not recommended. Ensure brush iswell loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary to achieve ade-quate film build.

Thinner Amercoat T-10, Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90°F)



Topcoats Amershield, PSX 700, Amerlock 2/400, Amercoat 385, Amercoat 370, Amercoat 240,Amercoat 235, others



DRY/CURE TIMES Dimetcote 302H @ 3 mils dft

* Surface must be power washed as needed to remove all surface contaminants including zinc salts. Surfacemust be clean and dry.




Product codes DI302H-5 BaseDI302H-B Hardener (Part B)



DIMETCOTE 302H

page 2/3

40°F 50°F 70°F 90°F

Dry hard 36 hours 18 hours 6 hours 3 hours

Dry overcoat* 8 hours 4 hours 1.5 hours 0.75 hour

Maximum overcoat 3 months

/3

DIMETCOTE 302H







November 2012Revision of October 2012

DESCRIPTION Int./Ext. Gloss DTM Industrial Enamel

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Waterborne acrylic enamel

– Ease of application, brush, roll, or spray

– Soap and water clean up

– Low odor

– Excellent gloss retention and weathering

– Self Priming in many applications

– Flash rust resistant

– Washable, scrub resistant


White, Deep Tint, White Light Tint, Neutral tint, Ultra Tint




Recommended

Dry film thickness (per coat) 2 - 3 mils; (50-75 microns)Two coats are required for maximum protection

Theoretical Spread Rate 593 ft2/gal @ 1 mils297 ft2/gal @ 2 mils

Components 1


Self Life 3 years from date of manufacture

SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. Refer tothe application instructions for specific primers and intermediate coats for applicationand curing procedures. Ensure epoxies are free from amine blush prior to overcoating.All previous coats must be dry and free of contaminants. Adhere to all minimum andmaximum topcoat times for specific primers and intermediate coats. Aged epoxycoatings require abrading prior to applying Amercoat 220P. A test patch overunknown coatings is recommended.

Steel – Remove all rust, dirt, moisture, grease or other contaminants from the surface.Power tool clean in accordance with SSPC SP-3 or hand tool clean to SSPC SP-2requirements. Alternately, abrasive blast to SSPC SP-7 requirements. For optimumperformance, blast to SSPC SP-6 or higher. Note that a primer must be used on allbare metal substrates when using colors made from Midtone, Deeptone, and DeepRustic bases.

Non-ferrous metals – Remove oil or soap film with detergent or emulsion cleaner as per SSPC SP-1and galvanizing requirements, then use a phosphatizing conversion coating. Alternately, power tool

clean to uniformly abrade the surface or lightly abrasive blast with a fine abrasive toproduce a uniform and dense anchor profile of 1-2 mils in accordance with SSPC SP-16.

Galvanizing that has had at least 12 months of exterior weathering may be coatedafter power washing to remove all contaminants and white rust. Galvanized surfacesthat have been passivated with a chromate treatment must be abrasive blasted.Coatings may not adhere to chromate sealed galvanizing if the chromates are notcompletely removed.

AMERCOAT® 220P

page 1/3

Concrete / masonry – Clean concrete surface, abrasive blast per ASTM D4259 or acid-etch in accordancewith ASTM D 4260. Fill concrete voids with Amercoat 965 or Amercoat 114A.Clean masonry surfaces by ASTM D4261. Fill masonry block with Amerlock 400BFblock filler or PPG 4-100 acrylic block filler.

Dry Wall – Tape all joints, fill cracks and nail holes with patching, paste or spackle; sand smooth.Remove all dust. Unsealed drywall will require at least 2 coats of Amercoat 220P.





General environmental conditions Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustiongases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote ambering of light colors.Ensure good ventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent windfrom affecting spray patterns. Avoid exterior painting late in the day or when dew orcondensation are likely to form or if rain is expected.



Air spray Standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice. Atomization pressure of 50-70 psi

Brush & roll Use a high quality polyester / nylon brush and/or 1/4“ or 3/8” nap roller. Ensure brush /roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be necessary toachieve adequate film build.

Thinner Not normally required. Thin up to 5% with clean water.

Cleaning solvent Soap and water

Primers Concrete, masonry, Stucco, Plaster – 4-603, 4-808, Amerlock Series (concrete)CMU – 4-100, Amerlock 400BF, 6-15, 16-90Ferrous Metal – self priming, 90-712, Metalhide 2000, 6-208, 7-852Non-ferrous metals – self priming 90-712 6-204, 6-208, 6-209

Drywall – 6-2, 9-900, 17-921


DRY/CURE TIMES Amercoat 220P @ 2 mils dft


– Meets MPI Category #154, Interior W.B. Light Industrial Coating

– Can help earn LEED 2009 credits

– Performance offset to Federal Standard TT-E-2784

AMERCOAT 220P

page 2/3

50°F 70°F 90°F

Dry to touch 2.5 hours 70 minutes 40 minutes


Dry to recoat 12 hours 5 hours 3 hours

Maximum recoat Unlimited

/3

AMERCOAT 220P


Product codes AT220P-T1 AMCT 220P Deep TintAT220P-T2 AMCT 220P White and Light TintAT220P-T3 AMCT 220P Neutral TintAT220P-T6 AMCT 220P Ultra Tint

*Must be tinted

Refer to the appropriate color formula book, automatic tinting equipment, and/orcomputer color matching system for color formulas and tinting instructions.








Amercoat is a registered trademark PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.


DESCRIPTION Gloss Epoxy Acrylic Topcoat

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – High gloss topcoat with unlimited recoatability

– Outstanding weather resistance

– VOC compliant

– Hard, flexible, and abrasion resistant

– Cures through a wide temperature range

– Isocyanate free

– Easily cleanable


Standard Color Offering, Safety Colors, Custom Colors






Components 2



SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. Refer to the ap-plication instructions for specifc primers and intermediate coats for application and curingprocedures. Ensure epoxies are free from amine blush prior to overcoating. All previouscoats must dry and free of contaminants. Adhere to all minimum and maximum topcoattimes for specific primers and intermediate coats. Aged epoxy coatings may requireabrading prior to applying Amercoat 229T.







Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to homoge-nize the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutesuntil completely dispersed.

Pot life

AMERCOAT® 229T

page 1/3

50°F 70°F 90°F



Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070” fluid orifice . A moisture andoil trap in the main line is essential. Product is sensitive to moisture contamination.

Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 1/4“ or 3/8” nap roller.Ensure brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be nec-essary to achieve adequate film build. Amercoat 851 flow control additive can be usedto for enhanced flow and leveling with brush and roll application.

Thinner Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90°F), Amercoat 911


Primers Amercoat 370, Amercoat 385, Amercoat 399, Amerlock 2/400, Amercoat 235, Amercoat240



DRY/CURE TIMESAmercoat 229T @ 2 mils dft


– Mil-PRF-24667 (Color topping qualified over Amercoat 138G non-skid)



Product codes AT229-20 Haze GrayAT229-23 Pearl GrayAT229-265 F/S 36076AT229-3 WhiteAT229-9 BlackAT229-T1 Deep Tint base*AT229-T2 Light Tint base*AT229-T3 Neutral Tint base*AT229-T4 Red Tint base*AT229-T5 High Hiding Yellow Tint base*

AT229B Hardener component



AMERCOAT 229T

page 2/3

50°F 70°F 90°F



Dry to recoat (minimum) 10 hours 6 hours 4 hours


/3

AMERCOAT 229T









DESCRIPTION Gloss Acrylic Aliphatic Polyurethane Topcoat

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – High gloss topcoat with unlimited recoatability

– Outstanding weather resistance with excellent color and gloss retention

– VOC compliant




Standard Color Offering, Safety Colors, Custom Colors





Components 2



SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. Refer to theapplication instructions for specific primers and intermediate coats for application andcuring procedures. Ensure epoxies are free from amine blush prior to overcoating. Allprevious coats must dry and free of contaminants. Adhere to all minimum and maximumtopcoat times for specific primers and intermediate coats. Aged epoxy coatings mayrequire abrading prior to applying Amercoat 450H.






General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Ensure good ventilationduring application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affecting spray pat-terns.



Pot life


Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070” fluid orifice. A moisture and oiltrap in the main line is essential. Product is sensitive to moisture contamination.

AMERCOAT® 450H

page 1/3

50°F 70°F 90°F


Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 1/4" or 3/8" nap roller.Ensure brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may benecessary to achieve adequate film build. Amercoat 851 flow control additive can beused to for enhanced flow and leveling with brush and roll application.

Thinner Amercoat 923, Amercoat 65, Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90°F)Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or thinnerPrimers Amercoat 68HS, Amercoat 68MCZ, Amercoat 370, Amercoat 385, Amercoat 399,

Amerlock 2/400, Pittguard EpoxiesSafety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material

safety data sheets


DRY/CURE TIMES Amercoat 450H @ 2 mils dft

Amercoat 450H with 866M Accelerator @ 2 mils dft


– SSPC Paint 36 Level 3



Product codes AT 45H-23 Pearl Gray baseAT 45H-3 White baseAT 45H-9 Black baseAT 45H-T1 Deep tint base *AT 45H-T2 Light tint base *AT 45H-T3 Neutral tint base *AT 45H-T4 Red tint base *AT 45H-T5 High Hiding Yellow tint base *AT 45H-71 Safety Red baseAT 45H-81 Safety Yellow base

AT 45H-B Hardener component


AMERCOAT 450H

page 2/3

32°F 50°F 70°F 90°F





20°F 32°F 50°F 70°F 90°F

Dry to touch 8 hours 4 hours 75 minutes 25 minutes 10 minutes

Dry through 72 hours 36 hours 8 hours 2.5 hours 1.75 hours

Dry to recoat 32 hours 16 hours 4 hours 1.5 hours 1 hour


/3

AMERCOAT 450H










DESCRIPTION Semi-Gloss Acrylic Aliphatic Polyurethane Topcoat

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Semi-gloss topcoat with unlimited recoatability


– VOC compliant



COLOR AND GLOSS Semi-gloss (45-65)

Custom ColorsCertain colors (especially yellow, orange and red) may require additional coats to achieve adequate hiding, par-ticularly when applied over dark or contrasting primer colors. Yellow, red, and other bright colors will typically fadefaster than other colors due to the replacement of lead-based pigments with lead-free pigments in these colors.



RecommendedDry film thickness (per coat) 2-5 mils (50-125 microns)


Components 2



SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. Refer to theapplication instructions for specific primers and intermediate coats for application andcuring procedures. Ensure epoxies are free from amine blush prior to overcoating. Allprevious coats must dry and free of contaminants. Adhere to all minimum and maximumtopcoat times for specific primers and intermediate coats. Aged epoxy coatings mayrequire abrading prior to applying Amercoat 450H.









Pot life


AMERCOAT® 450HSG

page 1/3

50°F 70°F 90°F



Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 1/4" or 3/8" nap roller.Ensure brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may be nec-essary to achieve adequate film build. Amercoat 851 flow control additive can be usedto for enhanced flow and leveling with brush and roll application. Multiple coats may berequired to achieve proper film build and hiding with roller application.

Thinner Amercoat 923, Amercoat 65, Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90°F)Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or thinnerPrimers Amercoat 68HS, Amercoat 68MCZ, Amercoat 370, Amercoat 385, Amercoat 399,

Amerlock 2/400, Pittguard EpoxiesSafety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material

safety data sheets


DRY/CURE TIMES Amercoat 450HSG @ 2 mils dft

Amercoat 450HSG with 866M Accelerator @ 2 mils dft




Product codes AT 45SG-3 White baseAT 45SG-9 Black baseAT 45SG-T1 Deep tint baseAT 45SG-T2 Light tint baseAT 45SG-T3 Neutral tint baseAT 45SG-T4 Red tint baseAT 45SG-T5 High Hiding Yellow tint base

AT 45SG-B Hardener component

AMERCOAT 450HSG

page 2/3

32°F 50°F 70°F 90°F





20°F 32°F 50°F 70°F 90°F


Dry through 72 hours 36 hours 8 hours 2.5 hours 1.75 hours

Dry to recoat 24 hours 12 hours 6 hours 2 hours 1 hour


/3

AMERCOAT 450HSG










DESCRIPTION Gloss Alkyd Enamel

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Durable interior/exterior finish

– Performance Offset to Federal Standard TT-E-489, TT-E-505, and TT-E-506

– Qualified to IMO (SOLAS) FTP Code Annex 1, Parts 2 and 5

COLOR AND GLOSS Standard and Rapid Tint Colors, Safety Colors available

Gloss



RecommendedDry film thickness (per coat) 2.0 – 3.0 mils (50 – 75 microns)

Theoretical Spread Rate @ 2 mils 450 ft2/gal

Components 1


SURFACE PREPARATION All surfaces must be dry and free of surface contaminants. Clean using Prep 88Cleaner

Mild Steel – Clean by power tool cleaning per SSPC SP-3, sweep blasting per SSPC SP-7, orcommercial blasting to SSPC SP-6. Achieve a surface profile of 1.0-2.0 mils. Primewith alkyd or an epoxy primer. Use epoxy primers for heavy blast profiles and heavilyrusted steel or use multiple coats of alkyd steel primers.

Stainless Steel – Uniformly abrade the surface to achieve a uniform and dense 1.0 mil (minimum)profile. Prime with an epoxy primer.

Concrete – Prepare the surface in accordance with SSPC SP-13 standards. Prime using anepoxy primer. Apply 5420 over the epoxy primer within the stated recoatable window.

Galvanized Steel – Solvent clean per SSPC SP-1 to remove grease and oils. Sweep blast as perSSPC SP-7 or treat with a chemical treatment such as Galvaprep SG® or equiva-lent Prime with epoxy primer or 6-209.

Non-ferrous metals – Clean and uniformly abrade the surface to achieve a uniform and dense 1.0 mil(minimum) profile.

Aged coatings – Ensure the existing coating is sound and well adhered. Clean and lightly abrade thesurface. Apply a test patch to confirm compatibility and adhesion. Please refer toInformation Bulletin #1437 for further information.

Repair – Clean the surface of any contaminants. Prepare damaged areas to original surfacepreparation specifications, feathering edges of intact coating. Thoroughly removedust or abrasive residue before touch-up




Surface temperature Surface temperature must be at least 5 °F above the dew point temperature. Maximum130°F unless a lower maximum is specified


AMERCOAT® 5420

page 1/3

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USEMix with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to homogenize the container. Mixat slower speeds to avoid whipping air into the paint.

Airless spray 33:1 pump or larger, 0.013-0.017 fluid tip, 1500-2,000 psi

Air spray Thin up to 25%, standard conventional equipment, Fluid pressure 20 psi, atomizingpressure 35-40 psi. Adjust as necessary depending on specific equipment and conditions.

Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, short nap roller. Ensurebrush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment.

Thinner Amercoat 15 Thinner or Mineral SpiritsCleaning solvent 12 Cleaner

Primers Amercoat 5105, Amercoat 1, Amercoat 235, Amercoat 185H, Amerlock 2/400, otherspossible.

Note: Amercoat 5420 must be applied over epoxy primers within 3 times the dry through time of the epoxy or thesurface must be uniformly abraded.

Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see relevant material safety data sheets.

This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mistor vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes.

DRY/CURE TIMES @ 2 mils dft

PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS – IMO SOLAS FTP Code when used with Amercoat 185H primerAVAILABILITYPackaging 1-gallon and 5-gallon units



The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable.PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product

AMERCOAT 5420

page 2/3

50°F 70°F 90°F



Dry to recoat* 8 hours 4 hours 2 hours

development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation,or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPG’s knowledge, is reliable. Theproduct and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and itis the end-user’s responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed thatBuyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.




AMERCOAT 5420



DESCRIPTION Polyester-Acrylic Aliphatic Polyurethane Topcoat

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Unique, high-solids, high build coatings


– VOC compliant

– Tough, flexible, and abrasion resistant finish

– Good chemical and stain resistance

– Direct to metal and concrete in protected environments

– SSPC SP 36 Level 3

COLOR* AND GLOSS Gloss

Custom Colors

* Certain colors (especially yellow, orange and red) may require additional coats to achieve adequate hiding,particularly when applied over dark or contrasting primer colors. Yellow, red, and other bright colors will typicallyfade faster than other colors due to the replacement of lead-based pigments with lead-free pigments in thesecolors.


VOC* 2.2 lbs/gal (264 g/L)* For compliance with regulations which require < 100 g/L, Amershield VOC can be specified interchangeably

Recommended

Dry film thickness 3-6 mils per coat (75-150 microns)


Components 2



SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. Refer tothe application instructions for specific primers and intermediate coats for applicationand curing procedures. Ensure epoxies are free from amine blush prior to overcoating.All previous coats must dry and free of contaminants. Adhere to all minimum andmaximum topcoat times for specific primers and intermediate coats. Aged epoxycoatings may require abrading prior to applying Amershield.

Steel – Abrasive blast to SSPC SP-6 or higher with a 1.0-3.0 mils surface profile

Aluminum – Lightly abrasive blast with a fine abrasive

Concrete / Masonry – See specific primer


With Amercoat 866M Accelerator32°F to 100°F (0°C to 36ºC)


Material temperatures With Amercoat 866M Accelerator40°F to 90°F (5°C to 32ºC)


Surface temperature Amershield40°F to 120°F (-6°C to 49°C)

With Amercoat 866M Accelerator32°F to 100°F (0°C to 36ºC)


AMERSHIELD™

page 1/3



Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixer at moderate speeds to homogenizethe container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes untilcompletely dispersed

Pot life


Air spray Thin up to 20%, standard conventional equipment, 0.070" fluid orifice. A moisture and oiltrap in the main line is essential. Product is sensitive to moisture contamination.

Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 1/4" or 3/8" nap roller.Ensure brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may benecessary to achieve adequate film build. Amercoat 851 flow control additive can beused to for enhanced flow and leveling with brush and roll application. Multiple coatsmay be required to achieve proper film build and hiding with roller application.

Thinner Amercoat 923, Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90 °F),Amercoat 911

Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)Primers Amercoat 68HS, Amercoat 68MCZ, Amercoat 370, Amercoat 385, Amercoat 399,

Amerlock 2/400, Pittguard Epoxies, Amercoat 435, Amercoat 256Safety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material

safety data sheets


DRY/CURE TIMES Amershield@ 5 mils dft

Amershield with 866M Accelerator @ 5 mils dft


– Nuclear Service Level 2

– NFPA Class A Flame Spread

AMERSHIELD


Amershield 5 hours 2.5 hours 1.5 hours

Amershield with866M accelerator

2 hours 1 hours 30 minutes

page 2/3

40°F 50°F 70°F 90°F


Dry through 5 days 72 hours 10 hours 5 hours


Maximum recoat 168 hours 168 hours 96 hours 12 hours

20°F 32°F 50°F 70°F 90°F



Dry to recoat 16 hours 8 hours 4 hours 2 hours 1.5 hours

Maximum recoat 96 hours 48 hours 24 hours 12 hours 6 hours

/3

AMERSHIELD


1-gallon kits have 0.8 gallons of base and 0.2 gallons of hardener

5- gallon kits have 4 gallons of base and 1 gallon of hardener

Product codes AM -3 White baseAM -9 Black baseAM -T1 Deep Tint base*AM -T2 Light Tint base*AM -T3 Neutral Tint base*AM -T4 Red Tint base*AM -T5 High Hiding Yellow Tint base*AM -71 Safety Red baseAM-81 Safety Yellow baseAM-23 Pearl Gray base

AM -B Hardener (Part B)









Amercoat is a registered trademark and Amershield is a trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.


DESCRIPTION Low VOC, Polyester-Acrylic Aliphatic Polyurethane

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Unique, high-solids, high build coatings


– Tough, flexible, and abrasion resistant finish

– Good chemical and stain resistance

– Direct to metal and concrete in protected environments

– Compliant with California SCAQMD Rule 1113

COLOR AND GLOSS Custom Colors

Gloss

* Certain colors ( especially yellow, orange and red) may require additional coats to achieve adequate hiding,particularly when applied over dark or contrasting primer colors. Yellow, red, and other bright colors will typicallyfade faster than other colors due to the replacement of lead-based pigments with lead-free pigments in thesecolors.





Components 2



SURFACE PREPARATION Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. Refer tothe application instructions for specific primers and intermediate coats for applicationand curing procedures. Ensure epoxies are free from amine blush prior toovercoating. All previous coats must dry and free of contaminants. Adhere to allminimum and maximum topcoat times for specific primers and intermediate coats.Aged epoxy coatings may require abrading prior to applying Amershield.

Steel – Abrasive blast to SSPC SP-6 or higher with a 1.0-3.0 mil surface profile.

Non-ferrous metals andstainless steel- – Lightly abrasive blast with a fine abrasive in accordance with SSPC SP-16

guidelines

Concrete / Masonry – see specific primer

ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONSAmbient temperatures* 40°F to 120°F (-6°C to 49°C)

With Amercoat 866M Accelerator 32°F to 100°F (0°C to 36°C)



Surface temperature 40°F to 120°F (-6°C to 49°C)With Amercoat 866M Accelerator 32°F to 100°F (0°C to 36°C)Surface temperature must be at least 5°F above the dew point temperature.


AMERSHIELD™ VOC

page 1/3



Pot life



Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush and / or solvent resistant, 1/4" or 3/8" nap roller.Ensure brush / roller is well loaded to avoid air entrainment. Multiple coats may benecessary to achieve adequate film build. Amercoat 851 flow control additive can beused to for enhanced flow and leveling with brush and roll application. (use of 851additive at greater than 2.5 oz/gal will increase the VOC to > 100 g/L.) Multiple coatsmay be required to achieve proper film build and hiding with roller application.

Thinner PPG 97-739 (exempt), Amercoat 65 (xylene), Amercoat 101 (recommended for > 90°F),Amercoat 911

Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12, 12E, or 12V Cleaner, 97-739, Amercoat 911 or Amercoat 65 thinner(xylene)

Primers Amercoat 68HS, Amercoat 68HS VOC, Amercoat 68MCZ, Amercoat 370, Amercoat 385,Amercoat 399, Amerlock -series



DRY/CURE TIMES* Amershield VOC @ 5 mils dft

Amershield VOC with 866M Accelerator @ 5 mils dft


AMERSHIELD VOC


Amershield VOC 5 hours 2.5 hours 1.5 hours

Amershield VOCwith 866M accelerator

2 hours 1 hour 30 minutes

page 2/3

40°F 50°F 70°F 90°F




Maximum recoat 168 hours 168 hours 96 hours 12 hours

20°F 32°F 50°F 70°F 90°F



Dry to recoat 16 hours 8 hours 4 hours 2 hours 1.5 hours

Maximum recoat 96 hours 48 hours 24 hours 12 hours 6 hours

/3

AMERSHIELD VOC



Product codes AMV-3 White baseAMV-9 Black baseAMV-T1 Deep tint base*AMV-T2 Light tint base*AMV-T3 Neutral tint base*AMV-T4 Red tint base*AMV-T5 High Hiding Yellow tint base*AMV-71 Safety Red baseAMV-81 Safety Yellow baseAMV-23 Pearl Gray base

AM-B Hardener component









Amercoat is a registered trademark and Amershield is a trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.


DESCRIPTION High Temperature Self Cure, Inorganic Topcoat

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Outstanding solvent, temperature, and radiation resistance

– Resistant to dry temperature up to 1000°F

– No force cure required

– High solids, VOC compliant

Temperature Resistance

* Total system dry film thickness must not exceed 6 mils

COLOR* AND GLOSS Pearl Gray

Flat

* Note: Color is approximate and will be subject to some degree of drift over time



RecommendedDry film thickness (per coat) 2 – 6 mils per coat (50 – 150 microns)

1 coat

Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mil dft 1010 ft2 / gal

Components 1

Shelf Life* 1 year from date of manufacture*When stored indoors in the original, unopened containers



Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to an SSPC SP-10 cleanliness or higher.Achieve a surface profile of 1.0-2.5 mils. Apply Dimetcote 9-series primer as soonas possible to avoid rusting of blasted surfaces.

Stainless Steel – Not recommended

Inorganic Zinc Surfaces – Surface must be clean, dry and free of zinc salts.




Surface temperature 0°F to 130°F (-18°C to 54°C) Surface temperature must remain at least 5°F above thedew point temperatures.

General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Provide shelter toprevent wind from affecting spray patterns.

AMERCOAT® 741

page 1/3

First coat Second Coat Temperature Resistance

Dimetcote 9-series2.5 – 4.0 mils

7413.0 – 6.0 mils

500°F


7413.0 – 4.0 mils

750°F


7412.0 – 3.5 mils

1200°F*

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USEMixing Mix with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to homogenize the container.

Continuously agitate throughout application.

Conventional air spray Use standard conventional spray guns with a 1.8-2.2 mm nozzle orifice. 30 - 45 psi fluidpressure. An agitated pressure pot is required. Separate air and fluid regulators are es-sential. Ensure there is a moisture and oil trap in the main air line.

Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush. Ensure brush is well loaded to avoid air entrain-ment. Brush application is limited to small touch up areas of a few square inches. Rollerapplication is not recommended for service temperatures exceeding 500°F. Use a wellloaded, solvent resistant, short nap roller

Thinner Amercoat 65 or Amercoat 101 (to reduce dry spray)




DRY/CURE TIMES At 50% relative humidity and 3 mils


Product codes AT741-23 Amercoat 741 Pearl Gray




AMERCOAT 741

page 2/3

Temperature °F/°C 40/5 50/10 70/21 90/32

Dry through (hrs) 36 24 12 8

Maximum recoat Recoatable if clean and dry. Remove any dry spray andsolvent wipe. Lightly abrade if surface appears glazed.

/3

AMERCOAT 741







DESCRIPTION High Temperature Silicone Zinc Primer

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – 100% silicone coating

– Resistant to dry temperature 1200°F

– Excellent corrosion resistance

– Suitable for rapid thermal cycling

– Low VOC / VOC Compliant



Flat


VOC 3.5 lbs/gal (420 g/L) maximum

RecommendedDry film thickness (per coat) 1.5 – 2.0 mils; (38 – 50 microns)

1 coat

Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mil dft 672 ft2 / gallon

Components 2 (liquid and powder)

Shelf Life 1 year from date of manufacture when stored indoors in the original unopenedcontainers at 40 – 100°F


accordance with NACE RP-0178. Round off sharp edges. Remove all surface con-taminants, oil and grease in accordance with SSPC SP-1.

Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to an SSPC SP-10 cleanliness or higher.Achieve a surface profile of 1.0-1.5 mils. Apply Amercoat 872 as soon as possibleto avoid rusting of blasted surfaces.

Stainless Steel – Not recommended on stainless steel







Slowly add zinc powder to the liquid under agitation. Mix thoroughly.

AMERCOAT® 872

page 1/3


8721.5-2.0 mils

8731.5-2.0 mils

1000°F (colors)1200°F (black and aluminum)


Air spray Air pressure 60 – 80 psi, fluid pressure < 40 psiFluid tip – 1.8-2.2 mm, A moisture and oil trap in the air supply line is essential.

Brush & roll Use a short nap, solvent resistant roller. Spray application is recommend for optimumcontrol of film thickness while obtaining a closed film.

Use a high quality natural bristle brush. Ensure brush is well loaded to avoid air entrain-ment. Brush application is limited to small touch up areas of a few square inches.

Thinner Amercoat 65




DRY/CURE TIMES*

Equipment coated with Amercoat 872 in the air-dried state can be handled and shipped prior to heat curing aslong as appropriate care during handling and shipping is observed. Avoid mechanical abrasion during shippingand handling.Full properties are attained when the coated surfaces are put into service and have been exposed for at least 1hour at a temperature of 350°F (177°C) or higher

Heat Cure for Full Properties


Product codes AT872-A Liquid

AT872-P Powder



AMERCOAT 872

page 2/3

Temperature °F/°C 50/10 60/15 70/21 90/32 100/40

Dry to ship (hrs) 48 36 24 16 12


8 6 4 2 1


Recoatable if not exposed to temperatures above ambientSurface must be clean and dry.

350°F / 150°C (min)

1 hour

/3

AMERCOAT 872








DESCRIPTION High Temperature Silicone Topcoat

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – 100% silicone aluminum coating

– Resistant to dry temperature up to 1000°F (colors), 1200°F (black and aluminum)

– Applied on prepared steel, stainless steel, or inorganic zinc


– Low VOC / VOC Compliant

– Available in multiple colors


* Product should be sprayed in a mist coat/full coat technique when applying over inorganic zinc primers.

COLOR AND GLOSS Selected colors (minimum order may apply)Aluminum, Black, White, Thunder Gray, Gray F/S 24158, Gray RAL 7035Others available on a limited basis

Flat


VOC 3.5 lbs/gal (420 g/L) maximum


1 or 2 coats


Components 1

Shelf Life 1 year from date of manufacture when stored indoors in the original unopenedcontainers at 40 – 100°F


accordance with NACE RP-0178. Round off sharp edges. Remove all surfacecontaminants, oil and grease in accordance with SSPC SP-1. Abrasive blast withan angular abrasive to an SSPC SP-10 cleanliness or higher. Achieve a surfaceprofile of 1.0-1.5 mils. Apply Amercoat 873 as soon as possible to avoid rusting ofblasted surfaces.


Inorganic Zinc Surfaces – Surface must be clean, dry and free of zinc salts. A mist coat / full coat applicationtechnique may be required to prevent application bubbling.

AMERCOAT® 873

page 1/3


8721.5-2.0 mils

8731.5-2.0 mils

1000°F (colors)1200°F (black and aluminum)

Dimetcote 9-series*2.0-3.0 mils

8731.0-2.0 mils

750°F







Airless spray 33:1 pump or larger, X.017 fluid tip

Air spray Air pressure 60-80 psi, fluid pressure < 40 psiFluid tip – 1.8-2.2 mm, A moisture and oil trap in the air supply line is essential.

Brush & roll Use a short nap, solvent resistant roller. Aluminum formulas may show roller patterns.Spray application is recommend for optimum control of film thickness while obtaining aclosed film.


Thinner Amercoat 65




DRY/CURE TIMES*

* Equipment coated with Amercoat 873 in the air-dried state can be handled and shipped prior to heat curing aslong as appropriate care during handling and shipping is observed. Avoid mechanical abrasion during shippingand handling.Full properties are attained when the coated surfaces are put into service and have been exposed for at least1 hour at a temperature of 350ºF (177ºC) or higher



Most colors require a minimum order of 25 gallonsNon-standard colors typically require a 4-6 week lead time.

Product codes AT873-01 AluminumAT873-9 BlackAT873-3 WhiteAT873-2 Gray F/S 24158


AMERCOAT 873

page 2/3

Temperature °F/°C 50/10 60/15 70/21 90/32 95/35 100/40

Dry to ship (hrs) 48 36 24 16 14 12



350°F / 150°C (min)

1 hour

/3

AMERCOAT 873








October 2012Revision of November 2011

DESCRIPTION High Temperature Silicone Acrylic Topcoat

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Resistant to dry temperature up to 500°F

– Does not require a heat cure

– Resists thermal cycling

– High solids formulation

– VOC Compliant

TEMPERATURE RESISTANCE


COLOR AND GLOSS Selected colors

Semi-gloss



RecommendedDry film thickness (per coat) 1.0 – 2.5 mils (25 – 63 microns)


Components 1



accordance with NACE RP-0178. Round off sharp edges. Remove all surfacecontaminants, oil and grease in accordance with SSPC SP-1.

Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to an SSPC SP-10 cleanliness or higher.Achieve a surface profile of 1.0-1.5 mils. Apply primer as soon as possible to avoidrusting of blasted surfaces.

Stainless Steel – Abrasive blast with a hard angular abrasive to achieve a uniform and dense anchorprofile of 1.0-1.5 mils. Do not prime stainless steel with a zinc primer. ApplyAmercoat 874HS directly to blasted surface.







AMERCOAT® 874HS

page 1/3

First Coat Second Coat Temperature Resistance

Amercoat 8721.5-2.0 mils

Amercoat 874HS1.0-2.5 mils

500°F


Amercoat 874HS1.0-2.5 mils

500°F



Air spray Use a 1.8 – 2.2 mm fluid tip at approximately 40 psi fluid pressure. An agitated pressurepot is recommended. Separate air and fluid regulators are essential. Ensure there is amoisture and oil trap in the main air line.

Brush & roll Spray application is recommended as the best method to obtain a closed film within thefilm thickness limits. A short nap, solvent resistant roller is required.


Thinner Amercoat 65Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinnerPrimers Inorganic zinc primers or zinc rich epoxies (atmospheric service)



DRY/CURE TIMES

* Product is not designed for heavy mechanical abuse. Care should be taken during shipping and handling.Make any necessary repairs prior to service. Coating film will become more durable after exposure to hightemperatures.


Product codes AT874HXX Amercoat 874HSXX = color code



AMERCOAT 874HS

page 2/3

Temperature °F/°C 50/10 70/21 90/32

Dry to handle (min) 60 30 20

Dry to recoat (hrs) 3 2 1.5

Cure to mild abrasionresistance/ shipping

48 24 16

Maximum recoat (days) Unlimited until heated above ambient conditions

/3

AMERCOAT 874HS








DESCRIPTION High Temperature Silicone Aluminum

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – 100% silicone aluminum coating

– Resistant to dry temperature up to 1000°F



– Requires a heat cure at 300°F minimum



COLOR AND GLOSS Aluminum

Semi-gloss


VOC 5.4 lbs/gal; (647 g/L)

RecommendedDry film thickness (per coat) 0.75 – 2.0 mils ; 19 – 50 microns

1 or 2 coats


Components 1





Stainless Steel – Abrasive blast with a hard angular abrasive (non-metallic) to achieve a uniform anddense anchor profile of 1.0-1.5 mils.







AMERCOAT® 878

page 1/3


8780.75–1.0 mils

8780.75-1.0 mils

1000°F

8781.0-2.0 mils

8781.0-2.0 mils

750°F


8781.5-2.0 mils

750°F

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USEMixing Mix with a pneumatic air mixer at moderate speeds to homogenize the contents.


Air spray Use a 1.8-2.0 mm fluid tip at approximately 40 psi fluid pressure. An agitated pressurepot is recommended. Separate air and fluid regulators are essential. Ensure there is amoisture and oil trap in the main air line.

Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush. Ensure brush is well loaded to avoid air entrain-ment. Brush application is limited to small touch up areas of a few square inches.

Thinner Amercoat 65Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinnerSafety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material

safety data sheets


DRY/CURE TIMES*



Product codes AT878-01




AMERCOAT 878

page 2/3

Temperature °F/°C 50/10 60/15 70/21 90/32 95/35 100/40

Dry to ship Lighthandling only (hrs)

36 24 18 10 8 6


2 1.5 1 0.5 20 min. 15 min.



Cure to service300°F / 150°C (min)

2 hour

/3

AMERCOAT 878







DESCRIPTION High Temperature Modified Silicone Aluminum

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Resistant to dry temperature up to 1000°F


– Does not require a heat cure

– High solids formulation

– VOC Compliant



COLOR AND GLOSS Aluminum

Semi-gloss




1 or 2 coats


Components 1



accordance with NACE RP-0178. Round off sharp edges. Remove all surface con-taminants, oil and grease in accordance with SSPC SP-1.









AMERCOAT® 3279

page 1/3


Amercoat 32791.0 – 2.0 mils

N/A 1000°F



750°F

Dimetcote 9-series*2.0 – 3.0 mils


750°F



Air spray Use a 2.0-2.6 mm fluid tip at approximately 40 psi fluid pressure. An agitated pressurepot is recommended. Separate air and fluid regulators are essential. Ensure there is amoisture and oil trap in the main air line.

Brush & roll Spray application is recommended as the best method to obtain a closed film within thefilm thickness limits. Rolling may leave visible patterns in the film. A short nap, solventresistant roller is required.


Thinner Amercoat 65Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinnerSafety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material

safety data sheets


DRY/CURE TIMES*

* Product is not designed for heavy mechanical abuse. Care should be taken during shipping and handling.Make any necessary repairs prior to service. Coating film will become more durable after exposure to hightemperatures.


Product codes SPEC3279 Amercoat 3279



AMERCOAT 3279

page 2/3

Temperature °F/°C 50/10 70/21 90/32

Dry to handle (hrs) 8 6 5

Dry to recoat (hrs) 3 2 1.5

Cure to high temperatureservice (hrs)

7 10 13

Cure to mild abrasion resistance 48 24 16

Maximum recoat (days) Unlimited until heated above ambient conditions

/3

AMERCOAT 3279








HI-TEMP COATINGS TECHNOLOGY P.O. Box 2347 Acton, MA 01720 Tel: 978-635-1110 Fax: 978-635-1124 [email protected] www.hitempcoatings.com

Rev. 051012 Page 1 of 3

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION: For use as a hot surface application topcoat Hi-Temp 500VHA is a silicone acrylic system formulated with a highly engineered silicone resin, a

thermally stable acrylic resin and inorganic pigments. This combination allows the Hi-Temp 500VHA to have superior color stability to 500°F [260ºC] as compared to most generic silicone acrylic topcoats, which tend to discolor at elevated temperatures.

Hi-Temp 500VHA is available in both standard and custom colors. Hi-Temp 500VHA can be applied to hot substrates from 150°F to 400°F [66°C to 204°C]. Hi-Temp 500VHA does not require heat cure. Hi-Temp 500VHA has excellent spray application properties and is resistant to cobwebbing. Hi-Temp 500VHA is a user-friendly system, which can be brushed and rolled. Hi-Temp 500VHA has excellent weathering and corrosion resistance when applied over properly primed

surfaces. Hi-Temp 500VHA does not soften in thermal cyclic service. Color stability may be affected at the top end of the temperature range.

TECHNICAL DATA:

Type: Silicone Acrylic Dry Temperature Resistance: To 800˚F [426°C]Color Stability: Standard & Custom To 500˚F [260°C] Black and Aluminum To 800˚F [426°C] Colors: Standard & Custom Finish: Semi-Gloss Components: One Dry Time: See Dry Schedule Table Cure: N/A Metal Temperature During Application: 150˚F to 400˚F [66˚C to 204˚C] Thinner: Hi-Temp #5 Black and Colors Aluminum Volume Solids: 38% 33% Theoretical Coverage @1 mil DFT 610 ft2/gal 529 ft2/gal Theoretical Coverage @25 microns 14.9 m2/l 13.0 m2/l VOC Content: 3.5 lb/gal [420 g/l] Weight per Gallon: 11.4 lb [5.2 kg] Storage Temperature: 40˚F to 100˚F [4˚C to 38˚C] Shelf Life: One year

SURFACE PREPARATION: Performance of the coating system is relative to the surface preparation accomplished. Hi-Temp 500VHA is designed to be applied over Hi-Temp 1027™ primer.

HI-TEMP 500VHA™ Hot Surface Application from 150°F to 400°F [66°C to 204°C]

Heat Resistant Standard and Custom Color Topcoats Superior Color Stability to 500˚F [260˚C] VOC < 3.5 lb/gal

Product: Hi-Temp 500VHA Rev: 051012 Page 2 of 3

New or Corroded Surfaces:

For corrosion resistant service, use of an approved corrosion resistant primer is necessary. Surfaces to be coated must be primed with Hi-Temp 1027, which can also be applied to hot surfaces, in accordance with its product data sheet. Consult Hi-Temp for alternate and approved primers. Allow appropriate dry time. Apply one coat of Hi-Temp 500VHA at 2 to 2.5 mils [50 to 63 microns] DFT.

For cosmetic service only, an approved corrosion resistant primer is recommended but not necessary. Abrasive blast clean to SSPC-SP 6 “Commercial Blast” [Sa 2] with profile of 1 to 1.5 mils [25 to 38 microns] or pressure wash to an equivalent of SSPC-SP 6 [Sa 2] condition. Surfaces to be coated must be dry and free of salts, weld splatter, oil, dirt, grease, and all other contaminants. Apply two coats of Hi-Temp 500VHA at 2 to 2.5 mils [50 to 63 microns] DFT per coat for a total of 4 to 5 mils [100 to 125 microns] DFT.

Previously Painted Surfaces in Good Condition:

If old coating is intact and there is no evidence of cracking, fracturing, and/or delamination, pressure wash surface to remove all salts, oil, grease, and contaminants and apply one coat of Hi-Temp 500VHA at 2 to 2.5 mils [50 to 63 microns] DFT.

Previously Painted Surfaces in Poor Condition or with some Localized Corrosion:

If old coating shows evidence of cracking, fracturing, delamination, and/or corrosion, follow surface preparation guidelines for new steel. If there is no evidence of cracking, fracturing, or delamination, just small areas of corrosion (less than 10% of the area to be coated), power wash the entire structure, removing all salts, oil, grease, and other contaminants. Once dry, perform surface preparation and apply Hi-Temp 1027 in accordance with the data sheet on all areas where the existing paint has been removed. Once these areas are primed and dry, apply one coat of Hi-Temp 500VHA at 2 to 2.5 mils [50 to 63 microns] DFT over the entire surface.

Prior to application of 500VHA over other coatings, prepare a small test patch area and test for adhesion.

MIXING, THINNING, AND CLEANUP:

Use mechanical agitation for mixing. Mix materials until uniform in consistency. Thinning is not normally needed. If a condition warrants thinning, thin only with Hi-Temp Thinner #5. Thin only in accordance with applicable regulations.

Application to Elevated Temperature Substrate 150°F [66°C] to 400ºF [204ºC] Flush, Thin, and Clean up with: Hi-Temp Thinner #5

APPLICATION - INSTRUCTIONS TO HOT STEEL:

1. Do not apply at substrate temperatures below 150˚F [66˚C] or above 400°F [204°C]. 2. IMPORTANT! It is essential to apply thin passes of Hi-Temp 500VHA during an application to hot steel.

This aids in allowing the solvent to escape the coating without leaving pinholes behind. This application is similar to mist coating.

3. Flush equipment with Hi-Temp Thinner #5 before using. 4. Hi-Temp 500VHA is normally not thinned. If the situation warrants thinning, use only Hi-Temp Thinner

#5 as it is specifically formulated for Hi-Temp 500VHA. It is a slow evaporating solvent which allows for good film integrity as the coating is being applied to hot surfaces.

5. WARNING! Do not thin 500VHA with any other solvent. A fire hazard could occur if using a different solvent. Dry spray and poor film characteristics may also occur.

6. Do not apply a heavy coat to a hot surface or blistering will occur. If this happens, immediately take a brush, (use wood-handled brushes with China bristles only, do not use brush with synthetic bristles), and brush out the blister before it sets.

7. Application to hot surfaces can result in dry spray. To avoid dry spray, apply coatings without reaching.

Product: Hi-Temp 500VHA Rev: 051012 Page 3 of 3

APPLICATION EQUIPMENT:

Spray: Standard conventional or airless spray is highly recommended. Use good painting practices. Typical equipment is as follows:

Product Conventional Spray Airless Spray Air

Pressure Fluid Pressure

Fluid Tip Pressure Minimum Fluid Line

Tip size

500VHA 60-80 psi <40 psi 1.8 to 2.2 mm 3000 psi 1/4 “ to 3/8” 417 to 521

Brush and Roll: Spray application is recommended but when spray painting is not possible, brush or roll is an appropriate application method. The coating should be applied with a suitable brush or short nap roller. Brushing and rolling in one direction may aid in building film thickness.

APPLICATION SYSTEMS:

Un-insulated steel – Do not exceed recommended dry film thickness

Primer Hi-Temp 1027 5.0 to 6.0 mils [125 to 150 microns] Topcoat Hi-Temp 500VHA 2.0 to 2.5 mils [50 to 63 microns] Total Dry film Thickness 7.0 to 8.5 mils [175 to 213 microns]

RECOMMENDED APPLICATION PER COAT: Minimum Maximum

Black and Colors Mils Microns Mils Microns

Dry Film Thickness 2.0 [50] 2.5 [63]

Wet Film Thickness 5.3 [133] 6.6 [165]

Theoretical Coverage 305 ft2/gal [7.5 m2/l] 244 ft2/gal [6.0 m2/l]

Aluminum 500VHA




DRY SCHEDULE:

Substrate Temperature 150˚F [66˚C] 250˚F [121˚C] 350˚F [177˚C] Dry (to touch up and/or topcoat) 2 hours 30 minutes 15 minutes Cure NA

PRECAUTIONS:

This product is for use only by professional applicators in accordance with information in this data sheet and the applicable material safety data sheets (MSDS). Refer to the appropriate MSDS before using this material. All use and application of this product should be performed in compliance with all relative federal, state and local health, safety and environmental regulations or in compliance with all pertinent local, regional and national regulations as well as good safety practices for painting, and in conformance with recommendations in SSPC PA 1, “Shop, Field and Maintenance Painting of Steel.”

WARRANTY: Hi-Temp® Coatings Technology, Inc. (Hi-Temp) warrants that its products are free from defects in material and workmanship. Hi-Temp’s sole obligation and buyer’s exclusive remedy shall be limited to replacement of products not conforming to this warranty. Any claim for replacement product must be made within one year from the delivery date. Hi-Temp makes no other warranties, expressed or implied, such as warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. Hi-Temp products are intended for buyers with the knowledge and skills to evaluate the suitability of Hi-Temp’s products for buyer’s intended use. In no event shall Hi-Temp be liable for consequential or incidental damage.


Rev. 051012 Page 1 of 3

HI-TEMP 500VS™

Heat Resistant Standard and Custom Color Topcoats Superior Color Stability to 500˚F [260˚C] Ambient Temperature Cure & VOC < 3.5 lb/gal

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION: For use as a topcoat for Hi-Temp 1027® Hi-Temp 500VS is a silicone acrylic system formulated with a highly engineered silicone resin, a thermally

stable acrylic resin and inorganic pigments. This combination allows Hi-Temp 500VS to have superior color stability to 500°F [260ºC] as compared to most generic silicone acrylic topcoats, which tend to discolor at elevated temperatures.

Hi-Temp 500VS is available in both standard and custom colors. Hi-Temp 500VS air dries rapidly and does not require heat cure. Hi-Temp 500VS has excellent spray application properties and is resistant to cobwebbing. Hi-Temp 500VS is a user-friendly system, with excellent brush and roller application characteristics. Hi-Temp 500VS has excellent weathering and corrosion resistance when applied over properly primed

surfaces. Hi-Temp 500VS does not soften in thermal cyclic service. Color stability may be affected at the top end of the temperature range. Hi-Temp 500VS is specifically formulated as an ambient, heat resistant topcoat for Hi-Temp 1027. TECHNICAL DATA:

Type: Silicone Acrylic Dry Temperature Resistance: To 800˚F [426°C]Color Stability: Standard & Custom To 500˚F [260°C] Black and Aluminum To 800˚F [426°C] Colors: Standard & Custom Finish: Semi-Gloss Components: One Dry Time @ 50% R.H., 70˚F [21°C] - To touch One hour - To ship 24 Hours

Cure: N/A Metal Temperature During Application: 50˚F to150˚F [10˚C to 66˚C] Thinner: Hi-Temp #10 or #11 Black and Colors Aluminum Volume Solids: 44% 33% Theoretical Coverage @1 mil DFT 706 ft2/gal 529 ft2/gal Theoretical Coverage @25 microns 17.3 m2/l 13.0 m2/l VOC Content: 3.5 lb/gal [420 g/l] Weight per Gallon: 11.4 lb [5.2 kg] Storage Temperature: 40˚F to 100˚F [4˚C to 38˚C] Shelf Life: One year

SURFACE PREPARATION: Performance of the coating system is relative to the surface preparation accomplished. Hi-Temp 500VS is designed to be applied over Hi-Temp 1027™ primer.

Product: Hi-Temp 500VS Rev: 051012 Page 2 of 3


For corrosion resistant service, use of an approved corrosion resistant primer is necessary. Surfaces to be coated must be primed in accordance with the Hi-Temp 1027 product data sheet. Consult Hi-Temp for alternate and approved primers. Allow appropriate dry time. Apply one coat of Hi-Temp 500VS at 2 to 2.5 mils [50 to 63 microns] DFT.

For cosmetic service only, an approved corrosion resistant primer is recommended but not necessary. Abrasive blast clean to SSPC-SP 6 “Commercial Blast” [Sa 2] with profile of 1 to 1.5 mils [25 to 38 microns] or pressure wash to an equivalent of SSPC-SP 6 [Sa 2] condition. Surfaces to be coated must be dry and free of salts, weld splatter, oil, dirt, grease, and all other contaminants. Apply two coats of Hi-Temp 500VS at 2 to 2.5 mils [50 to 63 microns] DFT per coat for a total of 4 to 5 mils [100 to 125 microns] DFT.


If old coating is intact and there is no evidence of cracking, fracturing, and/or delamination, pressure wash surface to remove all salts, oil, grease, and contaminants and apply one coat of Hi-Temp 500VS at 2 to 2.5 mils [50 to 63 microns] DFT.

Previously Painted Surfaces in Poor Condition or with some Localized Corrosion:

If old coating shows evidence of cracking, fracturing, delamination, and/or corrosion, follow surface preparation guidelines for new steel. If there is no evidence of cracking, fracturing, or delamination, just small areas of corrosion (less than 10% of the area to be coated), power wash the entire structure, removing all salts, oil, grease, and other contaminants. Once dry, perform surface preparation and apply Hi-Temp 1027 in accordance with the data sheet on all areas where the existing paint has been removed. Once these areas are primed and dry, apply one coat of Hi-Temp 500VS at 2 to 2.5 mils [50 to 63 microns] DFT over the entire surface.

Prior to application of 500VS over other coatings, prepare a small test patch area and test for adhesion.

MIXING, THINNING, AND CLEANUP: Use mechanical agitation for mixing. Mix materials until uniform in consistency. Thinning is not normally needed. If a condition warrants thinning, thin only with Hi-Temp Thinner #10 or #11. Thin only in accordance with applicable regulations.

Application to Ambient Substrate 50°F [10°C] to 150ºF [66ºC] Flush, Thin, and Clean up with: Hi-Temp Thinner #10 or #11

APPLICATION:

Surface temperature must be a minimum of 5˚F [3˚C] above the dew point. Do not apply at substrate temperatures below 50˚F [10˚C] or above 150°F [66°C].




Pressure Fluid

Pressure Fluid Tip Pressure Minimum Fluid

Line Tip size

500VS 60-80 psi <40 psi 1.8 to 2.2 mm 3000 psi 1/4 “ to 3/8” 417 to 521

Product: Hi-Temp 500VS Rev: 051012 Page 3 of 3

Brush and Roll: Spray application is recommended but when spray painting is not possible, brush or roll is an appropriate application method. The coating should be applied with a suitable brush or short nap roller.

APPLICATION SYSTEMS: Un-insulated steel – Do not exceed recommended dry film thickness Primer Hi-Temp 1027 5.0 to 6.0 mils [125 to 150 microns] Topcoat Hi-Temp 500VS 2.0 to 2.5 mils [50 to 63 microns] Total Dry film Thickness 7.0 to 8.5 mils [175 to 213 microns] RECOMMENDED APPLICATION PER COAT:

Minimum Maximum

Black and Colors Mils Microns Mils Microns




Aluminum 500VS




DRY SCHEDULE: Substrate Temperature at 50% RH 50˚F [10˚C] 70˚F [21˚C] 90˚F [32˚C] 150°F [66°C]

Dry to touch 2 hours 1 hour 30 minutes 15 minutes

Dry to Ship 48 Hours 24 hours 24 hours 12 hours

Cure NA

When shipping and handling equipment coated with Hi-Temp 500VS follow procedures for thin film coatings. Avoid mechanical damage and abrasion.

PRECAUTIONS: This product is for use only by professional applicators in accordance with information in this data sheet and the applicable material safety data sheets (MSDS). Refer to the appropriate MSDS before using this material. All use and application of this product should be performed in compliance with all relative federal, state and local health, safety and environmental regulations or in compliance with all pertinent local, regional and national regulations as well as good safety practices for painting, and in conformance with recommendations in SSPC PA 1, “Shop, Field and Maintenance Painting of Steel.” WARRANTY: Hi-Temp® Coatings Technology, Inc. (Hi-Temp) warrants that its products are free from defects in material and workmanship. Hi-Temp’s sole obligation and buyer’s exclusive remedy shall be limited to replacement of products not conforming to this warranty. Any claim for replacement product must be made within one year from the delivery date. Hi-Temp makes no other warranties, expressed or implied, such as warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. Hi-Temp products are intended for buyers with the knowledge and skills to evaluate the suitability of Hi-Temp’s products for buyer’s intended use. In no event shall Hi-Temp be liable for consequential or incidental damage.


Rev. 082012 Page 1 of 3

HI-TEMP 1000VS™

Heat Resistant Standard and Custom Color Topcoats Superior Color Stability to 1000˚F [538˚C] Ambient Temperature Cure & VOC < 3.5 lb/gal

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION: For use as a topcoat for Hi-Temp 1027®

• Hi-Temp 1000VS is formulated with a highly engineered silicone resin, enabling it to withstand severe

thermal cycling to 1200°F [649ºC]. This also allows Hi-Temp 1000VS to have superior color stability as compared to most generic silicone topcoats, which tend to discolor at elevated temperatures.

• Hi-Temp 1000VS is available in both standard and custom colors. • Hi-Temp 1000VS air dries rapidly and does not require heat cure. • Hi-Temp 1000VS has excellent spray application properties. • Hi-Temp 1000VS is a user-friendly system that can be brushed and rolled. • Hi-Temp 1000VS has excellent weathering and corrosion resistance when applied over properly primed

surfaces. • Hi-Temp 1000VS does not soften in thermal cyclic service. • Color stability may be affected at the top end of the temperature range. • Hi-Temp 1000VS is specifically formulated as an ambient, heat resistant topcoat for Hi-Temp 1027.

TECHNICAL DATA:

Type: SiliconeDry Temperature Resistance: To 1200˚F [650°C]Color Stability: Standard & Custom To 1000°F [538ºC]

Black To 1200˚F [650°C]Colors: Standard & CustomFinish: FlatComponents: OneDry Time @ 50% R.H., 70˚F [21°C]- To touch Two Hours- To ship 24 Hours

Cure: N/AMetal Temperature During Application: 50˚F to 150˚F [10˚C to 66˚C] Thinner: Hi-Temp #10 or #11 Volume Solids: 34%

Theoretical Coverage @1 mil DFT 545 ft2/gal

Theoretical Coverage @25 microns 13.4 m2/lVOC Content: 3.5 lb/gal [420 g/l]Weight per Gallon: 11.4 lb. [5.2 kg]Storage Temperature: 40˚F to 120˚F [4˚C to 49˚C]Shelf Life: One year

SURFACE PREPARATION:

Performance of the coating system is relative to the surface preparation accomplished. Hi-Temp 1000VS is designed to be applied over Hi-Temp 1027 primer.

Product: Hi-Temp 1000VS Page 2 of 3 Rev. 082012


For corrosion resistant service, use of an approved corrosion resistant primer is necessary. Surfaces to be coated must be primed in accordance with the Hi-Temp 1027 product data sheet. Consult Hi- Temp for alternate and approved primers. Allow appropriate dry time. Apply one coat of Hi-Temp 1000VS at 2 to 2.5 mils [50 to 63 microns] DFT.

For cosmetic service only, use of an approved corrosion resistant primer is recommended but not necessary. Abrasive blast clean to SSPC-SP 6 “Commercial Blast” [Sa 2] with profile of 1 to 1.5 mils [25 to 38 microns] or pressure wash to an equivalent of SSPC-SP 6 [Sa 2] condition. Surfaces to be coated must be dry and free of salts, weld splatter, oil, dirt, grease, and all other contaminants. Round off all rough welds and sharp edges. Apply two coats of Hi-Temp 1000VS at 2 to 2.5 mils [50 to 63 microns] DFT per coat for a total of 4 to 5 mils [100 to 125 microns] DFT.


If old coating is intact and there is no evidence of cracking, fracturing, and/or delamination, pressure wash surface to remove all salts, oil, grease, and contaminants and apply one coat of Hi-Temp 1000VS at 2 to 2.5 mils [50 to 63 microns] DFT.

Previously Painted Surfaces in Poor Condition or with some Localized Corrosion: If old coating shows evidence of cracking, fracturing, delamination, and/or corrosion, follow surface preparation guidelines for new steel. If there is no evidence of cracking, fracturing, or delamination, just small areas of corrosion (less than 10% of the area to be coated), power wash the entire structure, removing all salts, oil, grease, and other contaminants. Once dry, perform surface preparation and apply Hi-Temp 1027 in accordance with the data sheet on all areas where the existing paint has been removed. Once these areas are primed and dry, apply one coat of Hi-Temp 1000VS at 2 to 2.5 mils [50 to 63 microns] DFT over the entire surface.

Prior to application of 1000VS over other coatings, prepare a small test patch area and test for adhesion.

MIXING, THINNING, AND CLEANUP:

Use mechanical agitation for mixing. Mix materials until uniform in consistency. Thinning is not normally needed. If a condition warrants thinning, thin only with Hi-Temp Thinners #10 or #11. Thin only in accordance with applicable regulations.

Application to Ambient Substrate 50°F [10°C] to 150ºF [66ºC] Flush, Thin, and Clean up with: Hi-Temp Thinner #10 or #11

APPLICATION:

Surface temperature must be a minimum of 5˚F [3˚C] above the dew point. Do not apply at substrate temperatures below 50˚F [10˚C] or above 150°F [66°C].




Pressure Fluid Pressure

Fluid Tip Pressure Minimum Fluid Line

Tip size

1000VS 60-80 psi <40 psi 1.8 to 2.2 mm 3000 psi 1/4 “ to 3/8” 417 to 521

Brush and Roll: Spray application is recommended but when spray painting is not possible, brush or roll is an appropriate application method. The coating should be applied with a suitable brush or short nap roller.

Product: Hi-Temp 1000VS Page 3 of 3 Rev. 082012

APPLICATION SYSTEMS:

Un-insulated steel – Do not exceed recommended dry film thickness

Primer Hi-Temp 1027 5.0 to 6.0 mils [125 to 150 microns] DFT Topcoat Hi-Temp 1000VS 2.0 to 2.5 mils [50 to 63 microns] DFT

Total Dry Film Thickness 7.0 to 8.5 mils [175 to 213 microns] DFT

RECOMMENDED APPLICATION PER COAT:

Hi-Temp 1000VS

Minimum Maximum

Mils Microns Mils Microns

Dry Film 2 [50] 2.5 [63]

Wet Film 5.9 [148] 7.3 [183]

Theoretical Coverage 273 ft2/gal [6.7 m2/l ] 218 ft2/gal. [5.4 m2/l]

DRY SCHEDULE:

Substrate Temperature at 50% RH

50°F [10°C] 70°F [21°C] 90°F [32°C] 150°F [66°C]

Dry to touch 4 hours 2 hours 2 hours ½ hour Dry to Ship 72 hours 24 hours 16 hours ½ hour Cure N/A

When shipping and handling equipment coated with Hi-Temp 1000VS follow procedures for thin film coatings.

Avoid mechanical damage and abrasion.

PRECAUTIONS:

This product is for use only by professional applicators in accordance with information in this data sheet and the applicable material safety data sheets (MSDS). Refer to the appropriate MSDS before using this material. All use and application of this product should be performed in compliance with all relative federal, state and local health, safety and environmental regulations or in compliance with all pertinent local, regional and national regulations as well as good safety practices for painting, and in conformance with recommendations in SSPC PA 1, “Shop, Field and Maintenance Painting of Steel.”

WARRANTY:

Hi-Temp® Coatings Technology, Inc. (Hi-Temp) warrants that its products are free from defects in material and workmanship. Hi-Temp’s sole obligation and buyer’s exclusive remedy shall be limited to replacement of products not conforming to this warranty. Any claim for replacement product must be made within one year from the delivery date. Hi-Temp makes no other warranties, expressed or implied, such as warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. Hi-Temp products are intended for buyers with the knowledge and skills to evaluate the suitability of Hi-Temp’s products for buyer’s intended use. In no event shall Hi-Temp be liable for consequential or incidental damage.

HI-TEMP 1027 PRIMER - High Build, High Solid- Apply to Ambient & Hot, 500˚F, Steel- Heat & Corrosion Resistant to 1200˚F- Topcoat with Hi-Temp Colors

Product DescriptionHi-Temp 1027 Primer is a high build primer able to

withstand severe cyclic conditions to 1200˚F (649˚C).It is an air dry, ambient temperature cure primer anddoes not require a heat cure. 1027 is a high solid sys-tem having a VOC content of 3.5 lbs./gal. 1027 can alsobe applied directly to hot steel having a metal tempera-ture up to 500˚F (260˚C), eliminating potential shut-down periods. It is self-priming, and offers excellentcorrosion resistance. Hi-Temp 1027 Primer is unique inits ability to be topcoated by several HTC heat resistanttopcoats; 500VS, 500V HA, 1000VS and 1000V HA.

Characteristics- Direct application to ambient steel- Direct application to hot steel having a

metal temperature up to 500˚F (260˚C) - Corrosion resistant to 1200˚F (649˚C) - U.V. resistant- Open recoat window whether applied to ambient

or hot steel.- VOC of 3.5 lbs./gal. - Topcoat with Hi-Temp colors.

Uses- Power Plants- Refineries- Chemical Facilities- Offshore/Marine- Cement Plants- Pulp & Paper

Specification DataComponents OneType ProprietaryDry Temperature Resistance

Continuous 1200°F (649°C)Peak 1200°F (649°C)

HI-TEMP COATINGS TECHNOLOGY • P.O. Box 2347 • Acton, MA 01720Tel: 978-635-1110 • Fax: 978-635-1124 • [email protected] • www.hitempcoatings.com

Colors Black/GrayFinish FlatDry Time @ 50% R.H., 70°F

To Touch 2 hourTo Topcoat 6 hours To ship 24 hours

Cure N/AMetal Temperature

During Application 50˚F-500˚F (10˚C-260˚C)Thinner Hi-Temp #5Volume Solids 49%Theoretical Coverage

@1mil.D.F.T. 788 sq.ft./gal. @ 25 microns 19.0 sq.m./l.

VOC Content 3.5 lb./gal. (420 g./l.)

Weight per gallonHi-Temp 1027 16.0 lb. (7.3 kg.)

Storage Temperature 40°-100°F (4°-38°C)Shelf Life 8 months

Surface Preparation Carbon SteelCoated surfaces must be dry and free of weld splatter, oil, dirt,grease and all other contaminates. Round off all rough weldsand sharp edges. Abrasive blast to a SSPC-SP6 “CommercialBlast”. Blast profile should be 1.5-2.5 mils. (38-63 microns).

If an abrasive blast is not possible, prepare the surface by anSSPC-SP3 “Power Tooling” method. If this method is notattainable, prepare the area by an SSPC-SP2 “Hand ToolCleaning”. *Performance of Hi-Temp 1027 PRIMER is rela-tive to the surface preparation accomplished.

Application Instructions*Surface temperature must be a minimum of 5°F (3°C),above the dew point. Do not apply to steel temperaturesbelow 50°F (10°C).

*Do not exceed maximum dry filmthickness recommendations.

Systems 1): Hot Steel Application, 120˚-300˚F Uninsulated Carbon Steel

Heat Resistant to 500˚F (260˚C)

Primer DFT

Hi-Temp 1027 5.0-6.0 mils. (125-150 microns)

Topcoat

Hi-Temp 500V HA 2.0-2.5 mils.(50-67 microns)

Total Dry Film thickness 7.0-8.5 mils(175-212 microns)

Systems 2): Hot Steel Application, 250˚-500˚FUninsulated Carbon Steel

Heat resistant to 1000˚F (538˚C)

Primer

Hi-Temp 1027 5.0-6.0 mils.(125-150 microns)

Topcoat

Hi-Temp 1000V HA 1.5-2.0 mils.(37-50 microns)

Total dry film thickness 6.5-8.0 mils. (162-200 microns)

Systems 3): Ambient Application.Uninsulated Carbon Steel


Primer DFT


Topcoat

Hi-Temp 500VS 2.0-2.5 mils.(50-67 microns)

Total Dry Film Thickness 7.0-8.5 mils.(175-212 microns)

Systems 4): Ambient Application.Uninsulated Carbon Steel


Primer DFT


Topcoat

Hi-Temp 1000VS 1.5-2.0 mils.(37-50 microns)

Total Dry Film Thickness 6.5-8.0 mils.(162-200 microns)

HI-TEMP 1027 PRIMER

1004

Application Instructions to Hot Steel1. IMPORTANT! It is essential to apply thin coats of the

Hi-Temp 1027 during an application to hot steel. This aids in allowing the solvent to escape the coating with

out leaving pinholes behind. This application is sim-lar to mist coating.

2. Flush equipment with Hi-Temp #5 Thinnerbefore using equipment.

3. Hi-Temp 1027 is normally not thinned. If the sitution warrants thinning, use only Hi-Temp #5Thinner.

4. Hi-Temp #5 Thinner is specifically formulated for Hi-Temp 1027. It is a slow evaporating solventallowing for good film integrity as the coating isbeing applied to hot operating equipment.

5. WARNING! Do not thin Hi-Temp 1027 with anyother solvent. A fire hazard could occur if using a di-fferent solvent system. Dry spray and poor film characteristics may occur as well.

6. Do not apply a heavy coat to a hot surface orblistering will occur. If this happens, immediately take a brush, (use wood-handled brushes with China bris-tles only. Do not use brush with synthetic bristles), and

brush out the blister before it sets.7. Application to hot surfaces tends to promote dry spray.8. To avoid dry spray, apply coatings without reaching.

Pg. 2 of 3

EquipmentConventional or airless spray is recommended. For con-ventional spray use a DeVilbiss MBC-510, (or equal),gun with an “E” fluid tip and 704 air cap (or equal). Forairless spray use a Graco 205-591, 208-663, (or equal),gun with fluid tip of 163-610, 163-315 and a GracoBulldog Pump at 30:1.Adjust pressure as needed. Hold gun 10”-12” from thesurface at right angles. Lap each pass 50%. When brush-ing and rolling, use only quality brushes and rollers.

MixingUse mechanical agitation for mixing and during applica-tion. Mix materials until uniform in consistency.

ThinningThinning is not normally needed however if a conditionwarrants thinning, thin only with Hi-Temp #5 Thinner.Thin according to local air regulations.

Clean-up

Use Hi-Temp #5 Thinner.PrecautionsThis product is for use only by professional applicators inaccordance with information in this bulletin and theMaterial Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). Refer to this prod-uct’s MSDS before using this material.All use and application of this product should be per-formed in compliance with all relative Federal, State andlocal Health, Safety & Enviromental regulations.

WarrantyHTC warrants that its products are free from defects inmaterial and workmanship. HTC’s sole obligation andbuyer’s exclusive remedy shall be limited to replacementof products not conforming to this warranty. Any claimfor replacement product must be made within one yearfrom the delivery date.HTC makes no other warranties, expressed or implied,such as warranties of merchantability or fitness for a par-ticular purpose. HTC products are intended for Buyerswith the knowledge and skills to evaluate the suitabilityof HTC’s products for Buyer’s intended use.In no event shall HTC be liable for consequential or inci-dental damages.

1004

HI-TEMP 1027 PRIMER

Pg. 3 of 3


DESCRIPTION High Temperature Polysiloxane

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – High temperature resistance

– Ambient temperature cure

– High solids, VOC compliant

– Patented cure technology

TEMPERATURE RESISTANCE

* product is not recommended for rapid thermal cycling

COLOR AND GLOSS Aluminum, Black, Gray*

Semi-gloss

* color may vary by batch. Product is not color matched.




1 coat

Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mil dft 1025 ft2 / gal

Components 1

Shelf Life* 1 year from date of manufacture* when stored indoors in the original, unopened containers

SURFACE PREPARATIONSteel Remove weld spatter, protrusions, and laminations in steel. Grind welds smooth in


Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to an SSPC SP-10 cleanliness or higher.Achieve a surface profile of 1.0-2.5 mils. Apply Dimetcote 9-series primer as soonas possible to avoid rusting of blasted surfaces.

Stainless Steel – Abrasive blast with hard angular abrasive to achieve a uniform and dense 1.0-1.5mil anchor profile.

Inorganic Zinc Surfaces – Surface must be clean, dry and free of zinc salts.



Relative humidity 25% – 85%



PSX® 892HS

page 1/3



892HS2.0 – 3.0 mils 500°F


892HS1.0 – 2.0 mils 750°F

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USEMixing Mix with a pneumatic air mixer at moderate speeds to homogenize the contents.

Airless spray Standard airless spray equipment with minimum 30:1 pump or larger; x.013-x.017 fluidtip.

Conventional Air spray Use standard conventional spray guns. orifice. 40 - 50 psi fluid pressure. Separate airand fluid regulators are essential. Ensure there is a moisture and oil trap in the main airline.

Brush & roll Use a high quality natural bristle brush. Ensure brush is well loaded to avoid air entrain-ment. Brush application is limited to small touch up areas of a few square inches. Rollerapplication is not recommended for service temperatures exceeding 500°F. Rollerpatterns will be visible when using the aluminum color. Use a well loaded, solventresistant, short nap roller.

Thinner Amercoat 65 or Amercoat 911Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or thinnerSafety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material

safety data sheets


DRY/CURE TIMES


Product codes PX892H-01 AluminumPX892H-2 GrayPX892H-9 Black



PSX 892HS

page 2/3

Temperature °F/°C 50/15 70/21 90/32

Tack free (hrs) 3 2 1

Dry through (hrs) 24 10 2

To service (day) 9 7 5

Heat cure (optional) 1 day at 70°F then1 hour at 400°F

/3

PSX 892HS







December 20124 pages Revision of July 2010

PITT-CHAR XP

Thick Film Intumescent Coating for Hydrocarbon Fires

– highly durable intumescent coating for protection of steel against hydrocarbon pool and jet fires; typical applications include: Offshore - structural steel members, bulkheads and decks Onshore - pipework, storage tanks and vessels unique flexibility offers enhanced performance on vibrating structures and in –conditions of explosion overpressure suitable for use in cryogenic conditions – good resistance to splash and spillage of chemicals – excellent abrasion resistance – suitable for corrosivity categories up to C5-I and C5-M – meets the requirements for Norsok M501 rev 5 accelerated aging and –hydrocarbon fire testing approved by DNV, Lloyds, BV, UL and GASAFE –

grey - matt

(data for mixed product) 9.179 lb/US gal (1.10 g/cm³)note: the applied density is dependent upon many variables such astemperature, test method and application method 100% max. 0 g/l (0 lb/gal)

see information sheet 1411

normally 40-280 mils applied in one coatnote:the required dry film thickness must be in accordance with theapproval certication 0.22 lbs/ft² at 40 mils 10 hours * min. 4 hours max. 1 month


base: at least 18 monthshardener: at least 24 months * see additional data

DESCRIPTION


COLORS AND GLOSS

BASIC DATA AT 70°F/20°C

Mass density

Volume solids VOC (supplied) Recommended dry film thickness

Theoretical spreading rate Touch dry after Overcoating interval


®

page 1/4

December 2012

PITT-CHAR XP

– approved primer, dry, sound and free from contamination where mesh reinforcement of Pitt-Char XP is necessary, this should be –carried out in accordance with the Pitt-Char XP Application Guidelines substrate temperature should be at least 40°F (5°C) and at least 5°F (3°C) –above dew point during application and curing curing will be retarded at temperatures below 50°F (10°C) and will cease –

relative humidity during application must be lower than 85% –

1 : 33.2 renedrah ot esab :emulov yb oitar gnixim1 : 52.3 renedrah ot esab :thgiew yb oitar gnixim

for details see the Pitt-Char XP Application Guidelines

none

45 minutes at 75°F (24°C) *

twin feed application twin feed spray equipment utilising a minimum 10 inch King air motor is –recommended base and hardener need to be pre-heated to a minimum of 140°F (60°C) –while circulating through the unit suitable insulated and heated hoses should be used –

no thinner should be added 40° (for large flat surfaces) approx. 0.035 - 0.043 in (= 0.89 - 1.09 mm) 5000 p.s.i. (= approx. 350 bar; 35 MPa)

single feed application 5% - 7% of PM Acetate may be necessary, but the quantity shall never exceed 10%.The addition of thinner will affect sag resistance and overcoating intervals. 60° (for large flat surfaces) approx. 0.033 - 0.035 in (= 0.84 - 0.89 mm) 5000 p.s.i. (= approx. 350 bar; 35 MPa)use of spray equipment with a ratio of 74 : 1 is recommendedmaterial temperature (mixed): 75 - 95°F (23 - 35°C)the maximum length of the hoses should not exceed 100 ft (30 m)

(recommended for small areas and touch up only) no thinner should be added

Amercoat 12, Amercoat 65, 97-727





Induction time

Pot life

AIRLESS SPRAY

Recommended thinner Nozzle angle Nozzle orifice Nozzle pressure

Recommended thinner

Nozzle angle Nozzle orifice Nozzle pressure

TROWEL Recommended thinner

CLEANING SOLVENT

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

below 40°F (5°C)

page 2/4

December 2012

PITT-CHAR XP

Curing table (for solvent free aplication)

substrate temperature dry to handle (Shore D = 25)sruoh 25sruoh 04sruoh 31

7 hours curing times may vary depending on substrate, ambient and material –temperature adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing –(please refer to sheets 1433 and 1434)

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411 0341 teehs noitamrofni ees snoitacidni ytefaS Safety in con fined spaces and health safetyExplosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

ADDITIONAL DATA

REFERENCES



SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

50°F /10°C

75°F /25°C60°F /15°C

105°F /40°C


page 3/4

December 2012

PITT-CHAR XP

PDS 7589

281999 grey 3000002504

LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITYIN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPG’s knowledge, is reliable. The product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-user’s responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise).Variations in the application environment, changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyer’s responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to using the product. Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of this data sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.

page 4/4

Pitt Char XP is a registered trademark of PPG ARCHITECTURAL FINISHES, INC.

November 2012Revision of November 2012

DESCRIPTION Thin Film Intumescent Coating for Cellulosic Fires

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Thin film solvent based intumescent coating

– Passive Fire Protection Qualified to U.L./ANSI 263

– Tested to international fire test standards

– Shop or field application

– Up to 40 mils dft application in a single coat

– Rapid job completion

– Listed by Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. as a system for fire protection of standardsteel for up to 2 hours

– Listed by U.L. for general purpose interior or interior conditioned space application

– Top coated with Amercoat 450H for a durable, decorative finish– Cost effective alternative to conventional fireproofing materials

COLOR AND GLOSS Flat, White



RecommendedDry film thickness (per coat) Refer to specific design criteria based on the w/d ratio of the steel members


Components 1



Steel – Remove all rust, dirt, moisture, grease or other contaminants from the surface.Abrasive blast to SSPC SP-6 or SP-10. Blast with an angular abrasive to yield asurface profile of 1.5-3.0 mils or in accordance with specific primer surface preparationinstructions. Power tool clean in accordance with SSPC SP-3 or hand tool clean toSSPC SP-2 requirements for touch up and maintenance. Prime with a recommendalkyd or epoxy primer for a 1 hour fire rating or an epoxy primer for >1 hour fire ratings.








Airless spray 45:1 pump or larger, 0.017-0.023" fluid tip. A 30 mesh internal filter is recommended.Dry film thickness of the initial coat should not exceed 60 mils. Subsequent coats maybe applied after 8 hours at 75°F. Subsequent coats must be applied at a maximum of40 mils wet film thickness. Apply in multiple parallel passes with 50% overlap. Check thedry film thickness regularly.

Brush Apply evenly using a clean, well-loaded brush at up to 12 mils dft per coat. Allow atleast 2 hours drying at 70°F between coats.

Steelguard™ FM550

page 1/3

Thinner Steelguard FM550 is typically used without thinning. If thinning is desired, useAmercoat 65 (xylene).

Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner or Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene)Primers Amercoat 185H, Amercoat 5105, Amercoat 370, Amercoat 385/385PA, Amerlock 2/400Topcoat Amercoat 450-series

* Current UL ratings require a 2-3 mil topcoat with Amercoat 450H for all applications


DRY/CURE TIMES* Steelguard FM550

* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relativehumidity. Thicker films will require longer dry times since the product requires moisture to cure. Maximumrecoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures – not simply air temperatures. Surfacetemperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heated surfaces. Surface mustbe clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed.

PRODUCT QUALIFICATIONS – Qualified to U.L. / ANSI 263 designs as follows:

N620 Restrained and Unrestrained beamsX665 w-shape columnsX666 tubular columnsX667 steel pipe columnsRefer to www.ul.com for the on-line listing or contact PPG PMC Technical service for assistance.

– ASTM E84 Flame Spread (NFPA Class A Rating)

AVAILABILITYPackaging Available in 5-gallon units

Product codes SG550-3 White



Steelguard FM550

page 2/3

50°F 70°F 90°F

Dry to recoat up to 28 mils 10 hours 6 hours 4 hours

Dry to recoat 29-60 mils 24 hours 12 hours 8 hours

Topcoat time < 40 mils 3 days 2 days 1.5 days

Topcoat time 40-60 mils 9 days 3 days 2 days

Topcoat time 60-80 mils 12 days 5 days 4 days

Topcoat time > 80 mils > 21 days > 7 days > 5 days

Maximum recoat/topcoat Unlimited, ensure surface is clean and dry

/3

Steelguard FM550






Amercoat is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc. and Steelguard is a trademark of PPG Coatings Nederland B.V.


DESCRIPTION Graffiti Cleaner

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Graffiti removal compound

– Easy to apply

– No harsh solvent odor

– Biodegradable

– Surface treatment for aged coatings

COLOR AND GLOSS Clear amber

BASIC DATAComponents 1


Flash point 183°F

Environmental Conditions Use at air and surface temperatures of 60-120°F (16-49°C)

(Ideal surface temperatures for graffiti removal are above 70°F. Below 70°F longercontact time may be needed and below 60°F, many graffiti materials may be difficult toremove. Use Amerase treatment on Kynar 500® for topcoating with urethanes.)

Shelf Life 5 years from date of manufacture* when stored in the original, unopened container

RECOMMENDED SYSTEMSGraffiti Removal- Test have demonstrated that Amerase removes graffiti including spray paint, permanent

markers, inks, crayons, and lipstick. When properly used, Amerase will not damagesurfaces coated with Amerase or PSX 700, even after repeated cleaning. Simply applyAmerase to the surface and wipe with a clean cloth. Some graffiti materials becomemore difficult to remove when aged, and incomplete removal may result.

Surface Treatment Amerase is effective as a surface treatment to prepare aged coatings for topcoatign.for Aged Coatings Use Amerase treatment with Amerlock 400, Amercoat 385, or Amershield for recoating

or topcoating with Amershield when aged beyond the maximum recoat time. Do not useAmerase treatement on Amerlock 400 or Amercoat 385 with Amercoat 861 accelerator.

APPLICATION PROCEDURESGraffiti Removal 1. Wear safety goggles and chemical resistant gloves. Avoid prolonged skin contact

with Amerase.2. Note that Amerase may also damage some original coatings such as acrylics. Well

cured, catalyzed coatings are typically resistant to cleaning with Amerase, butsome level of down-glossing may occur. A test patch is recommended.

3. Apply Amerase directly to graffiti by low pressure spray or by using a saturated cloth.4. Wait approximately 3 to 5 minutes, keeping the area moist with Amerase, then wipe

with clean rags. If more than two applications of Amerase are needed to removestubborn stains, rinse the area with clean water and wipe dry before each additionalapplication.

5. Masonry walls or aged graffiti may require scrubbing with a soft, natural bristle brush.

6. Avoid Amerase contact with rubber materials such as gaskets, etc. Swelling mayoccur with prolonged contact

7. Rinse all Amerase cleaned surfaces with water.8. Allow surfaces to dry.

9. Discard wiping rags in closed containers.

AMERASE™

page 1/2

Surface Treatment 1. Apply Amerase to aged coating using a soft brush, clean rags, polyethylene hand-pump spray bottle, or industrial spray equipment.

2. Allow Amerase to dwell on the surface before topcoating as follows:

3. Topcoat treated surface before Amerase is fully evaporated.See maximum topcoating time.

4. If Amerase is fully evaporated, re-apply Amerase to the surface.AVAILABILITYPackaging Available in quarts, gallons, and 5-gallon units

Product codes AMER-S








AMERASE

page 2/2

Surface Temp. 50°F 70°F 90°F 120°F

Minimum 2 hours 1 hour 30 minutes 15 minutes

Maximum 7 hours 3 hours 1 hour 30 minutes

Amercoat is a registered trademark and Amerase is a trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.


DESCRIPTION Epoxy Filler compound

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Suitable for use on primed steel or direct to concrete/masonry

– Pit filler / seam sealer for steel

– Can be used as a faring compound

– Filler for bug holes and surface cracks in concrete

– Suitable as a masonry block filler / scratch coat

– Excellent chemical resistance

COLOR AND GLOSS Off White


VOC 0 lbs/gal

RecommendedDry film thickness Flush with surrounding substrate to fill voids

Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1 mil dft 2133 ft2 / 20 lb kit321 ft2 / 3 lb kit

Components 2


SURFACE PREPARATIONSteel – Abrasive blast to SSPC SP-10 standards. Prepare surface in accordance with

application instructions for the specific primer being used.

Concrete – Cure concrete a minimum of 14 days and until 80 percent of its physical propertieshave been attained before applying Amercoat 114A. Prepared surfaces accordingto ASTM D4258 (surface cleaning) and either ASTM D4259 (abrading), or ASTMD4260 (acid etching). Blow / vacuum cracks and bugholes free of loose particulates

Concrete block – Walls must be laid plumb and square with flush joints. Do not rake joints. All sur-faces must be clean and dry as per ASTM D4261.



Relative humidity 0 – 85%, Surface must be free of visible moisture. Surface temperature must be at least5°F above the dew point temperature.


General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustiongases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush and amberingof light colors. Ensure good ventilation during application and curing. Refer toInformation Bulletin #1489 for further information on prevention, detection, andmitigation of amine blush.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USEMixing ratio by volume 1.84 part base to 1 part hardener

Pre-mix pigmented components with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds tohomogenize the container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2minutes until completely dispersed. Scrape sides and bottom occasionally to ensure allcontents are incorporated. Mix only full kits.

Pot life / working time


AMERCOAT® 114A

page 1/3

(formerly Nu-Klad® 114A, also branded as Megaseal CF)

50°F 70°F 90°F

Amercoat 114A 4 hours 2.5 hours 1 hour

APPLICATION Amercoat 114A can be applied via short nap roller, trowel, putty knives, squeegee or acombination of these methods. Spread 114A across the surface applying uniform pres-sure to achieve a smooth finish. Leave only a slight film above the surface plane.

A rounded trowel can be used to form a cove base of up to 1".

Amercoat 114A may be used to fill surface voids up to 1" in width. Amercoat 114A is notelastomeric and therefore will not bridge dynamic cracks.

Thinner Do not thin

Cleaning solvent Amercoat 12 Cleaner, Amercoat 65 thinner (xylene), or Amercoat 928 Cleaner (waterbased option)

Primers Direct to concrete or over epoxy sealer;Steel – Amercoat 68HS, Amercoat 68MCZ, Amercoat Epoxies, Amerlock Series

Topcoats Amercoat Epoxies, Pittguard Epoxies


DRY/CURE TIMES* Amercoat 114A

** Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relativehumidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures – not simply airtemperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heatedsurfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window.Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. However, particularattention must be paid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, afurther degree of cleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods.If maximum recoat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.



– Compliant for Nuclear Service Level 2 with selected systems

AVAILABILITYPackaging Available in 20-lb (1.33 gallons) and 3-lb kits (0.2 gallons)

Product codes AT114-35 (epoxy base)

AT114-B (hardener)


AMERCOAT 114A

page 2/3

50°F 70°F 90°F

Dry to handle 36 hours 18 hours 9 hours

Dry to recoat /solvent based products


Dry to recoat/ topcoat –solvent free products


Max recoat,solvent based epoxies

30 days 7 days 3 days

Max topcoat,solvent free epoxies

6 days 3 days 1.5 days

/3

AMERCOAT 114A









DESCRIPTION Flow Control Additive

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Allows for enhanced flow and leveling of brush marks and roller stripple.

– Reduces bubbling from application

– Improves the overall appearance of the finish coat

COLORS Opaque liquid

BASIC DATA

Components 1

Flash point 136°F

Addition Rate ½ pint of Amercoat 851 per mixed gallon of Amercoat 450-series, Amershield,Pitthane Series, PSX 700, PSX 1001, or Amerlock 2/400 (non-immersion only)Note that use of Amercoat 851 may slightly lower the gloss

Shelf Life* 5 years from date of manufacture* When stored in the original, unopened container.

AVAILABILITY

Packaging Available in 1/2 pint and 1 quart units

Product codes AT851


WARRANTY STATEMENTPPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPG’s specifications for such product ineffect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person forinfringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES ANDALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, UNDERSTATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMACOURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDINGWITHOUTLIMITATION, ANY OTHERWARRANTY OF FITNESS FORAPARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG.Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyer’s discovery of the claimeddefect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the deliveryof the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyer’s failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required hereinshall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.


AMERCOAT® 851


April 2013Revision of March 2013

DESCRIPTION Epoxy Accelerator

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Reduces curing times for epoxies– Allows for curing epoxies at lower temperatures

BASIC DATAComponents 1Flash point 300°FAddition Rate 1/4 pint - 1 pint of Amercoat 861 per 5 gallon kits of selected epoxy products (see chart

below for addition rates for each product). Standard addition is 1/2 pint per 5-gallon kit.For 1 gallon mixtures, this equates to 1.6 fluid ounces or 3.2 tablespoons per gallon.Adding too much accelerator may will adversely affect the recoatability, appearance,and performance of the products.

Shelf Life* 5 years from date of manufacture* When stored in original sealed containers in dry conditions between 40-100°F

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE1. Mix resin and cure thoroughly in accordance with the product’s application instructions.2. Do not add accelerator to light colors (such as Amerlock) where color is important.Accelerator will darken light colors.

3. Do not add accelerator to tank linings.4. Never add accelerator to the epoxy component for storage.5. Add Amercoat 861 to the products listed below:

* For non-immersion applications only. The accelerator will generally yield a 10-20% decrease in drying times.The pot life of Amerlock 2 will be extremely short at temperatures above 70°F.

6. Amercoat 861 may be used interchangeably with PPG 97-723 epoxy accelerator.1/2 pint Amercoat 861 is substituted directly for.

7. Note that addition of Amercoat 861 will significantly shorten the pot life.


AVAILABILITYPackaging Available in 1/2 pint and 1 pint cansProduct codes AT861


AMERCOAT® 861

page 1/2

Product Addition Rate Per 5 gallonsAmerlock 400 / 400AL ½ -1 pint per 5 gallons

Amercoat 370* ½ pint per 5 gallonsAmerlock 2* ½ pint per 5 gallonsAmercoat 399 ½ pint per 5 gallonsAmercoat 68HS ¼ pint per 5 gallons or 3.2 fluid oz. per 4 gallonsAmercoat 78HB ¼ pint per 5 gallonsOther epoxies Call PPG Technical Service

AMERCOAT 861





DESCRIPTION Urethane Accelerator

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Reduces curing times for urethanes

– Allows for curing urethanes at lower temperatures


Flash point 94°F

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USEMixing Mix 1/2 pint of Amercoat 866M per 5 gallon kits of Amercoat 450H-series, Amershield,

and Pitthane polyurethanes. For 1 gallon mixtures, this equates to 1.6 fluid ounces or3.2 tablespoons per gallon.Note that Amercoat 866M will dramatically shorten the pot life of the products.PPG 97-722 urethane accelerator may be used interchangeably with Amercoat 866M


AVAILABILITYPackaging Available in ½ pint cans

Product codes AT866M

Worldwide statement While it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply the same producton a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to complywith local or national rules/circumstances. Under these circumstances an alternativeproduct data sheet is used.

WARRANTY STATEMENTPPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPG’s specifications for such product ineffect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person forinfringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.THESEARE THE ONLYWARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKESANDALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, UNDERSTATUTE ORARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROMACOURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDINGWITHOUTLIMITATION, ANY OTHERWARRANTY OF FITNESS FORAPARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG.Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyer’s discovery of the claimeddefect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the deliveryof the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyer’s failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required hereinshall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.


AMERCOAT® 866M



DESCRIPTION Glassflake Additive

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Provides mechanical film reinforcement

– Lowers film permeability

– Increases film build

COLOR AND GLOSS White Powder



INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE1. Add slowly to products under mechanical agitation to avoid agglomeration of theglassflake.

2. Add the following amounts for these products:

3. Application by airless spray will require a mastic gun with a 0.035 inch spray tip.

4. Be aware that addition of Amercoat 880 glass flake will slightly increase dry times atequal film thickness as compared to the products without glass flake.

AVAILABILITYPackaging Available in 1-gallon cans (3.62 lbs) and 3-gallon cans (9.05 lbs)

Product codes AT880



AMERCOAT® 880

page 1/2

Product Addition Rate

Amerlock 2/400 1 gallon can per 2 mixed gallons;3 gallon can per 5 mixed gallons

Amercoat 385 1 gallon can per 2 mixed gallons;Two 3 -gallon cans per 10 mixed gallons

Amercoat 370 1 gallon cans per 5 mixed gallons

Amercoat 240 2 gallon cans per 5 mixed gallons






AMERCOAT 880



DESCRIPTION Thixotropic Fumed Silica Additive

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Used in mixed gallons of Amercoat 351 for increased film build

– Can be used as a thickener in other products upon recommendation from PPG

COLOR AND GLOSS Natural



INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE1. Sift into product slowly under mechanical agitation.

2. Add to mixed units of Amercoat 351 immediately prior to application as follows:Target Film Thickness - 20-55 mils

3. Add 1 gallon of Amercoat 884 to a 4-gallon kit of Amercoat 351.4. Apply with airless spray using a 0.027- 0.031" reversible spray tip at 3,000 – 3,500

psi pressure.

AVAILABILITYPackaging Available in 1-gallon cans

Product codes AT884




AMERCOAT® 884


October 2012Revision of November 2011

DESCRIPTION Acrylic Modified Cement

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Excellent for repairing deteriorated concrete

– Can be used as a masonry block filler

– Can be trowelled to a feather edge to re-pitch floors

– 0 VOC, LEED Compliant, HAPs Free

– 2,000 psi compressive strength

– Low odor, non-flammable


Flat

BASIC DATAVolume solids

Liquid component – 30% ± 3%Mixed – approximately 70-80%Final volume solids varies depending on mixing ratio. Film shrinkage is minimal.


RecommendedDry film thickness ( per coat) 1/8" – 1/2" (typical)

Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1/8" 48 ft2 / kit@ 1/4" 24 ft2 / kit@ 1/2" 12 ft2 / kit

Components 2


SURFACE PREPARATIONConcrete – Surface must be free from contaminants such as dust, dirt, grease, or oil. Concrete

surfaces must have a profile equivalent to 60 grit sandpaper or rougher.

Masonry – Clean and prepare the surface in accordance with ASTM D4261.





General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USEMixing and application Mix with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to homogenize the container.

During hot, dry conditions, the concrete may be pre-moistened with water to assist inapplication of Amercoat 965 directly to the concrete or masonry.

Prime surface with Amerlock Sealer or Amercoat 965 Liquid. Apply Amercoat 965 whenAmerlock Sealer is still wet or tacky. When using Amercoat 965 liquid to prime, applythe 965 cement within the same day and after the liquid is dry to touch.

AMERCOAT® 965

page 1/3

Amercoat 965 is packaged in 2 compenents which must be mixed together before use.A kit consists of 8 lbs of liquid and 48 lbs of powder. Do not mix more material than canbe used within the working time of 30 minutes. If necessary, mix smaller quantities atthe ratio of 6 parts powder to 1 part liquid by weight. Material which has begun to set isunsatisfactory and must be discarded.

Power mixing using a suitable 1/2 inch power drill and mixer is recommended. Whenmixing more than a unit of material at a time, a 3-6 ft3 revolving drum mixer or mortarmixer is recommended. The material can also be mixed by hand using a mortar box orwheel barrel using a mortar hoe.

Shake the 1 gallon polyethylene bottle of liquid to disperse any sediment. Pour the liquidinto the mixing vessel. Gradually add powder and mix until the cement is uniformlyblended to a workable consistency.

If the cement is to be applied in thickness greter than 1/4 inch, a stiffer consistency canbe achieved by adding additional powder. For application and thickness above 1 inch orfor filling deep pitted concrete sections, add gravel to the mix. Add 36 lbs of 1/4 – 3/4inch clean gravel to each 56 lb unit of material. Immediately after mixing, the Amercoat965 cement is ready to use.

Spread and trowel to the desired finish using typical concrete finishing tools.

Clean all equipment and tools immediately with water.

Thinner Clean water

Cleaning solvent Water


DRY/CURE TIMES

* For slabs on grade, ensure the floor has been tested for moisture content and transmission in accordance withthe allowable levels for the epoxy coating or surface used.

AVAILABILITYPackaging liquid 8 lbs in a 1 – gallon polyethylene bottle

powder 48 lbs in a fiber drum

Product codes NU965-A (liquid)

NU965-P (powder)

NU965-3P (white powder)


AMERCOAT 965

page 2/3

Temperature °F/°C 50/10 70/21 90/32

Dry for light traffic 24 hours 8 – 12 hours 6 – 8 hours

Dry for application of thin filmepoxies (Amerlock e.g.)*


Dry to topcoat with Amercoatepoxy surfacers

6 days 3 days 2 days

/3

AMERCOAT 965









DESCRIPTION Water Based Alkaline Cleaner

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Excellent cleaning of soiled and chalked surfaces

– Biodegradable

– Emulsifies oils

– Contains no solvents, phosphates, halogens, or petroleum distillates

– Dramatically improves aged recoatability, saving on costs for secondary surfacepreparation

COLOR AND GLOSS Clear to slight haze


Flash point None

Freezing point 25°F

Boiling point 212°F

pH 11.5 – 13.0


Coverage Rate 1 gallon (diluted 2 parts water to 1 part concentrate) will treat between 1,000- 1,500square feet depending on the configuration of the substrate and application losses.

Shelf Life 5 years from date of manufacture*when stored in the original, unopened container



Surface temperature 40°F to 100°F (5°C to 38°C) (pre-cool the surface by water rinsing prior to applicationof Prep 88 if required)

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE1. Shield any surfaces not intended to be treated.

2. Wear appropriate eye protection and avoid contact with skin.

3. Pre-clean any heavy residues by power washing.

4. If steel temperatures exceed 100°F, pre-cool the steel by water washing to preventPrep 88 from drying on the surface prematurely. Do not apply under freezing conditions.

5. Mix Prep 88 with fresh clean water according to the instructions below:

6. Prep 88 can be applied with a low pressure sprayer (garden sprayer, etc..), brush orroller.

7. Apply generously to the surface ensuring all areas are thoroughly wetted. Cautionshould be used on complex structures to ensure Prep 88 can be applied to all areasand subsequently rinsed.

8. Scrub with a nylon brush as needed for cleaning heavy residues.

PREP 88

page 1/3

Light cleaning (no visible contaminants) 3 parts water to 1 part concentrate

General cleaning and restoring recoatability 2 parts water to 1 part concentrate

Heavy soiling, greasy residues 100% concentrate

9. Allow Prep 88 to dwell on the surface for the following times based on the surfacetemperatures:

Do not allow Prep 88 to dry on the surface. If product does dry on the surface, a secondapplication of Prep 88 will be required to dissolve the dried residue.

10. Power wash the surface to thoroughly rinse all traces of Prep 88 from the surface.Ensure the surface pH has been neutralized (7.5 maximum). Failing to removePrep 88 from the surface will be detrimental to the performance of successivecoats.

11. Allow surface to dry thoroughly prior to recoating

12. Protect surfaces from contamination prior to re-coating. Apply coatings within thefollowing timeframe of Prep 88 application:

Product Specific Recoatability Guide when Prep 88 is used:

* Severe duty includes heavy impact/abrasion, elevated temperatures, polluted (waste) water immersion (notrecommended for chemical tank lining service)

** Other product specific recommendations may be available based on previous testing. Contact PPG PMCTechnical Service for details or exceptions.


Product codes Prep788


PREP 88

page 2/3

Existing coating Service Type Recoated with: Recommendation**

Aged acrylicpolyurethane

Atmospheric,Ambient

temperature

Epoxy, PSX, orpolyurethane

Recoatable after treatment

Aged epoxy, freelychalking

Atmospheric,Ambient

temperature

Epoxy, PSX, orpolyurethane

Recoatable after treatment

Amercoat 370,385, 235, 240,Amerlock 2/400Pittguard epoxy

Atmospheric,Ambient

temperaturesEpoxy Recoatable after treatment

Amercoat 370,385, 235, 240,Amerlock 2/400Pittguard epoxy

Atmospheric,Ambient

temperaturesPolyurethane

Recoatable after treatmentfor up to 3 months from ini-

tial appliation

PPG epoxiesAmbient waterimmersion

PPG epoxiesExtend maximum recoat

window by 50%

PPG epoxies Severe duty* PPG epoxiesExtend maximum recoat

window by 20%

40°F-50°F 51°F-70°F 71°F-90°F > 90°F

48 hrs 36 hrs 32 hrs 24 hrs

40°F 50°F 70°F 90°F 100°F

20-30 min 15-25 min 10-20 min 10-15 min 5-10 min.

/3

PREP 88









DESCRIPTION Sprayable Epoxy Cladding

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Solvent Free

– Long lasting economical splash zone coating

– Reinforced film withstands heavy abrasion and impact

– Outstanding resistance to well designed cathodic protection

– Can be exposed to still water immediately after application

COLOR Gray


VOC 0.03 lbs/gal (3.6 g/L)

RecommendedDry film thickness (per coat) 3/16 in. ± 1/16 in.; (5mm ± 1.5 mm)

Number of Coats 1

Theoretical Spread Rate @ 1/8 in. dft 42.2 ft2 / kit (each kit contains 3.3 gallons)@ 3/16 in. dft 28.0 ft2 / kit (each kit contains 3.3 gallons)

Components 3 (resin, cure, powder)



accordance with NACE RP-0178, Condition “C”. Remove all surface contaminants,oil and grease in accordance with SSPC SP-1. Abrasive blast with an angularabrasive to an SSPC SP-10 cleanliness or higher. Achieve a surface profile of 3.0-4.0 mils.


Remove weld spatter, protrusions, and laminations in steel. Grind welds smooth in ac-cordance with NACE RP-0178, Condition “C”. Remove all surface contaminants, oil andgrease in accordance with SSPC SP-1. Abrasive blast with an angular abrasive to anSSPC SP-10 cleanliness or higher. Achieve a surface profile of 3.0-4.0 mils.


Relative humidity 0-85%

Surface temperature 50°F to 100°F (10°C to 37°C)Surface temperature must remain at least 5°F above the dew point temperatures.

General air quality Area should be sheltered from airborne particulates and pollutants. Avoid combustiongases or other sources of carbon dioxide that may promote amine blush. Ensure goodventilation during application and curing. Provide shelter to prevent wind from affectingspray patterns. Refer to Information Bulletin #1489 for further information on prevention,detection, and removal of amine blush.

Ventilation Ensure the area is well ventilated with clean air. Ensure combustion gases are notpresent during curing of the product.

Tideguard™ 171A

page 1/4

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USEApplication Equipment 1. Swinger pump by AirTech with 1” fluid hose to pump outlet affixed with a pole gun

with external atomizing air. 1/2" air hose to air manifold below the air regulator.

2. Quikspray® Carrousel pump equipped with a hopper feed, spray gun and materiallines can also be used.

3. Bottom fed pressure pot outfitted with a pole gun such as a Binks 10-gallonpressure pot, Model No. 83-5362, with follower plate and air control 83-104, fluidhose 71-3362-1 inch, pole gun model 125 with 49 x 1/2" fluid nozzle. Set regulatorpressure at 35 psi.

4. Super Texan® hopper feed grout/mortar sprayer with a pole gun can be used.Select a variable speed air motor.

5. For small or repair areas, use a hand held hopper gun such as a Quikspray Model60AT. The product can also be trowel applied for small areas

Mixing Mixing ratio - Mix full units as packaged only. Mix with a heavy duty mud mixer with a1/2" shaft and suitable power drill.

Pre-mix base component with a pneumatic air mixing at moderate speeds to homogenizethe container. Add hardener to base and agitate with a power mixer for 1-2 minutes untilcompletely dispersed. Slowly add powder under moderate agitation in a vortex.

Ensure powder component is fully incorporated with good off-bottom mixing. Do notover-mix. Be prepared to apply the product due to a short pot life for this product. Noinduction time is required.

Pot life

(minimize material temperatures for optimum pot life)

Application Instructions 1. Mix a unit of resin and cure for lubricating the material line (do not add powder).

2. Pump lubricant material through the pump and delivery hose, collecting the materialin a 5-gallon can. Continue pumping until all lubricant (resin and cure) is removedfrom the material, follow lubricant material with a mixed unit of resin, cure, andpowder. Begin application of the 3-component material.

3. Spray in even, parallel passes. Overlap each pass 50% to avoid areas of low filmthickness. Cross spray at right angles to first pass until the specified thickness isachieved.

4. Periodically check wet film thickness during application with a steel rule depthgauge or other suitable wet film thickness gauge.

5. At surface temperatures of 80°F or higher, two coats of Tideguard 171Amay berequired to achieve a 3/16" film on vertical surfaces. Make the first application at 1/8".Allow to cure overnight. Make a second application at 1/16" within 24 hours of theinitial application.

6. For low temperature applications, it will be necessary to add Amercoat 861accelerator to a mixed kit of Tideguard 171A as follows:

7. When a pinhole-free coating is required, check continuity of dry, but uncured coatingwith a nondestructive holiday detector such as a Tinker-Rasor Model AP atapproximately 15,000 volts. Select the proper voltage depending on the thicknessand condition of the surface as per NACE SP-0188.

Tideguard 171A

page 2/4

50°F 70°F 90°F

Normal NR 40 minutes 20 minutes

With 861 1 hour 30 minutes NR

Temperature Amercoat 861 level

56-70°F / 13-21°C 1/4 pint

40-55°F / 4-12°C 1 pint

/4

Tideguard 171A

8. Immediately after use, clean all application tools and spray equipment withAmercoat 104 Cleaner followed by a clean water. Clean pump by pouring a unit ofAmercoat 104 Cleaner following 171A and run until 171A is removed from thematerial line. Pour a second unit of Amercoat 104 Cleaner into the hopper andcontinue circulating to remove any remaining 171A. Follow with a clean water rinse.For thorough cleaning of the material line, disassemble and clean by attaching arag to a piece of wire and pulling the rag through the line several times to removeany deposits from the side walls. Flush with water. A spare material line isrecommended so one line can be thoroughly cleaned while the other is in use. Italso allows for close inspection of the lines for wear.

9. Tideguard may receive water contact immediately after application; however, thewet coating should be protected from splashing action which could remove the filmwhile it is still wet.

DRY/CURE TIMES

With Amercoat 861 Accelerator

* Dry times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film thickness, ventilation, and relativehumidity. Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface temperatures – not simply airtemperatures. Surface temperatures should be monitored, especially with sun-exposed or otherwise heatedsurfaces. Higher surface temperatures shorten the maximum recoat window.Surface must be clean and dry. Any contamination must be identified and removed. Particular attention must bepaid to surfaces exposed to sunlight where chalking may be present. In those situations, a further degree ofcleaning may be required. PPG Technical Service can advise on suitable cleaning methods. If maximum re-coat/topcoat time is exceeded, then roughen surface.

Thinner Do not thin

Cleaning solvent Amercoat 104 Water based cleanerSafety precautions For paint and recommended thinners see safety sheet 1430, 1431 and relevant material

safety data sheets


AVAILABILITYPackaging 53.8 lb unit (3 components, 3.3 gallons)

Product codes Resin - 8.7 lbs in a 5- gallon can

Cure - 5.1 lbs in a 1-gallon can

Powder - 40 lbs in a 3-gallon container

NU171-2 Gray Resin

NU171-B Cure

NU171-P Powder

Temperature °F/°C 50°F/10°C 70°F/21°C 90°F/32°C

Dry to hard NR 10 hours 5 hours

Dry to recoat / topcoat NR 10 hours 5 hours

Maximum recoat NR 72 hours 36 hours

Cure to full service NR 3 days 2 days

Temperature °F/°C 50°F/10°C 70°F/21°C 90°F/32°C

Dry Hard 24 hours 8 hours NR

Dry to recoat / topcoat 24 hours 8 hours NR

Maximum recoat 5 days 48 hours NR

Cure to full service 10 days 3 days NR

/4

Tideguard 171A








Amercoat is a registered trademark and Tideguard is a trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.

One PPG Place • Pittsburgh, PA 15272Customer Service: 1-888-9PPGPMC (1-888-977-4762)Technical Support: 1-800-661-4PPG (1-800-661-4774)www.ppgpmc.com/[email protected]

© 2013 PPG Industries • Printed in U.S.A. • R 5-13 • PM10184/69Amercoat and “Bringing innovation to the surface.” are trademarks or registered trademarks of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc. Sigma Coatings is a trademark of PPG Coatings Nederland B.V.

ppg protective and marine coatings catalog - pacific...

Documents